JIDNYASA 2014 Vol. I ISSN : 0976-0326 JIDNYASA : Thirst ...Return on Indian Central Public Sector...
Transcript of JIDNYASA 2014 Vol. I ISSN : 0976-0326 JIDNYASA : Thirst ...Return on Indian Central Public Sector...
JIDNYASA
Symbiosis Institute of Management Studies
“Make the Difference”
Thirst for Knowledge
Perspectives
Case Study
Book Review
Research Papers
• Economics
• Entrepreneurship
• Environment
• Finance
• Human Resources
• Marketing
ATION NR AET LN UI NSI IVS EO RI
SB
IM T
Y Y
S
P EUN
ATION NR AET LN UI NSI IVS EO RI
SB
IM T
Y Y
S
P EUN
Symbiosis Institute of Management StudiesRange Hills Road, Kirkee Cantt., Pune - 411 020
Phone : 020 30213217 / 300 / 200Fax : 020 30213333
Visit us at www.sims.edu
ISSN : 0976-0326 JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge JIDNYASA 2014 Vol. I
Brig. Rajiv Divekar, (Retd) Director, SIMS
Prof. Pradnya ChitraoFaculty, SIMS
Prof. Pradnya ChitraoFaculty, SIMS
Prof. Asha NagendraFaculty, SIMS
Prof. Komal ChopraFaculty, SIMS
Sonal Pandey Proof Reader,
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Akida WahiProof Reader,
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Tanya BindraProof Reader,
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Smita MishraProof Reader,
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Nupur MaheshwariProof Reader,
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Prof. B. R. LondheDeputy Director, SIMS
Prof. Pravin KumarFaculty, SIMS
Editorial Board
Executive Team
Board of Referees for JIDNYASA 2014
Dr. Indira ParikhFormer Dean of Academics at IIM-Ahmedabad
& Director of FLAME Academy
Mr. Arun WakhluFounder Director,
Pragati Leadership Institute Pvt. Ltd
Dr. Anuj Paul GosainStrategic Planning and Business Development
John Deere India Pvt. Ltd
Dr. A. K. DasbiswasProfessor. Emeritus Former Dean & Director.
ITM Business School. Mumbai
Dr. Ravi Sectham RajuProfessor. Sydney Cnirersity
Dr. Mukul Madahar MBA, Welfare Director, Cardiff University
Mr. Bhushan Joshi MD. kraflPov.ercon India
Dr. Neil Wilkof Partner. I lerzog. Fox & Neeman. Tel Aviv. Israel
Neil Wilk of heads the intellectual property and information tech-nology team. Specialist of Technology transfer and Internet law
Ms. Mohlni Sharma Administrative Officer. SIMS
Kunal YadavCover Design and Layout
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Vision
Be the premier hub of management education for armed forces personnel and their dependents
Mission
• Champion excellence in management education services for the defence community
• Create and sustain professional research and knowledge based services
• Advance knowledge in business related disciplines in a cross-continental environment
• Develop an ethos of corporate professionalism in student managers
• Provide forum for sharing experience and knowledge between the academic-business-services fraternity
JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge
JIDNYASA in Sanskrit carries a meaning that is in deep resonance with the
core ideology that goes behind any institute of learning in the world: The
Thirst for Knowledge.
The journal is a rich source of information on the various practices in the
business world today. It is a compendium of knowledge gathered from faculty
(both in house as well as external) and students and representatives from the
industry and is indicative of the direction in which the corporate world is
heading. The dynamic business scenario requires us to have clarity of vision,
which can only be achieved through enriching our perceptions. JIDNYASA
helps us in realizing this vision.
Jidnyasa has been launched with a dual objective. The first objective is to
nurture a culture of disciplined and focused research amongst student
managers and academicians. The second objective is to provide a medium for
industry practitioners to enrich themselves from the research and viewpoints
of scholars and experienced industry persons, and to apply them with suitable
modifications to the situations they are called upon to handle.
Guidelines For Contributions To JIDNYASA
1. Contributions to the inaugural SIMS annual Research Journal should be original and not
copied from someone else's research work. Citations and references should clearly mention
the source and its author. An undertaking from the contributor that the contribution is original
is required.
2. The articles/papers should be between 2000 to 4000 words. The case studies should be
between 2000—3000 words.
3. The font of the article should be Times New Roman 12 with 1.5 spacing between lines. A soft
copy of the same is required.
4. The articles/ papers should be accompanied by a one page abstract of not more than 200
words.
5. Papers/articles read out at reputed National/ International Conferences or contributed to
journals of national or international repute will be accepted for reprint provided the author
has not handed over exclusive publishing rights to the concerned Journal/ Institute. The
details of the same have to be clearly stated by way of a declaration to that effect that has to be
sent along with the contribution.
6. Research articles/ papers from students based on summer/ live projects will be accepted if
they indicate new findings or suggestions based on findings.
7. The Research Committee reserves the right to edit the contributions so that they fit the
guidelines of JIDNYASA.
8. In the Perspectives section, write-ups on current topics that call for rethinking or a different
perspective/ remedial action are invited in about 2000 to 4000 words. The same may be
backed by references and tables or charts. Such a write up should ideally be containing an
innovative and practical recommendation.
Subscription RatesPer Issue
1) For Institutions Rs 500/-2)For Individuals Rs 150/-3) For Individuals (by Hand Delivery) Rs 100/-
This time once again we have received contributions
on a wide range of topics that are very pertinent to
our changing times. In the Perspectives section, Dr
Mukul Madahar in his article, 'Inclusivity and
Innovation Challenge' discusses how while
inclusion is important for the sustainability of India's
growth, there are a lot of challenges in its
implementation. He looks at the common element in
these challenges namely, the people and what they
are taught. In his opinion, a well-structured
education system is required for India to implement
the inclusive growth agenda. Lakkshay Bussi in
“The Present World Economic Quagmire” talks of
policy paralysis (affecting Business sentiments) and
lowered manufacturing and exports as a result of
which India is expected to grow at a slow speed in the
current financial year..
The book review of 'What They Don't Teach You at
Harvard' by Mark McCormack informs us that the
book fills in the gaps between a business school
education and the street knowledge that comes from
day-to-day experience of running a business and
managing people. The book provides some good
advice for entrepreneurs and people thinking about
starting their own business.
In the case study section, we have Prof Swati
Khatkale's 'Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited: A
Tragic Story ofAPublisher'. The case tries to find out
the causes of financial distress. It also illustrates
various options available to bankers & other
financial institutions to recover its loan. It also helps
find out options left for a defaulted company to get
back its profitability.
Self Help Groups in India- A Catalyst for Women
Economic Empowerment and Poverty Eradication'
by Dr Urmila Sharma and Prof Satish C. Sharma
'
discusses how SHGs will empower women– not just
through the access and control of credit and finances
but also by providing them with the space to express
themselves, and challenge the socio-economic
pressures that they have been suppressed by.
The Entrepreneurship section has a paper on
'Competencies of Entrepreneurs: Determinants of
Success' by Dr. Shagufta Sayeed that comes to the
conclusion that the competencies of being visionary,
innovative, a risk taker are the important qualities for
business success and the competencies of internal
locus of control, leadership and high powered are not
a good predictor and not prerequisite for business
success for entrepreneurs
In the Environment Section, we have Dr Surya
Rashmi Rawat and Dr Pawan K. Garga in 'Green
Marketing-The Greener Road Ahead' finding that
consumers belonging to different age & Income
group have a positive attitude towards certain
segments of Green Marketing.
In the finance section, Prof Stuart Locke and Dr
Geeta Duppati in their paper on 'The Risk Adjusted
Return on Indian Central Public Sector Enterprises'
conduct an empirical examination of financial
performance and governance of 84 Indian Central
Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs). They find that
the role of government ownership and its impact on
financial performance is an important issue, across
the Asia-Pacific region where governments play a
significant role in the economic development.
In the HR Section we have Dr Surya Rashmi Rawat,
Ms Geetika Vijay, and Mr. Pratik Patnaik in 'Effects
of Economic Slowdown on Employee Employer
Relationship and Work Environment' conclude that
transparency, notifying targets in advance and giving
legitimate time to achieve goals are important ways
Editorial
1
•
Editorial
Aadhar and Financial Inclusion
Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select Stakeholders
to handle pressure in an economic slowdown. They
recommend the developing of trust and faith over
each other, so that the members look at each other as
support systems rather than competitors leading to
synergistic output than the much abused lopsided
productivity. Dr. Surya Rashmi Rawat, Ajay Singh,
Cherry Gupta, and Prakash Verma in their paper
'Managing Stress Through Changing Lifestyle' try to
find out ways to efficiently resolve stress arising out
of increased workload in an organization, at the
individual and the organizational level. Meditation,
yoga, breathing exercises, music therapy are some of
the recommendations. Dr Ranjith Nayar and Dr
Smitha Nayar in their paper on 'Big Data and
Leadership for Innovation—An Aggregator Model'
examines leadership of innovation in the context of
finding new competitive advantages in a Big Data
driven world.
In the Marketing section, we have firstly
'Comparative Study of Customer Satisfaction in
Public Sector and Private Sector Banks in India' by
Dr P. K. Agarwal and Mr. Vijay Prakash Gupta that
tries to clarify the Customer Service satisfaction in
Indian banking Sector. The study revealed that there
exists a wide perceptual difference among Indian
(public sector) banks regarding overall service
quality with their respective customers, when
compared to Private sector banks. The said
perceptual difference in private banks is narrow.
'Marketing Environment and Adaptation to the
Changes' by Mr. Raghav Bhalla amd Ms. Nupur
Mantoo comes to the conclusion that a marketer
must know both the internal and external factors so
that he may get an edge as compared to everyone else
and be the ultimate seller of products and to attract
the potential buyers. Dr Umesh Mishra and Mr.
Ashish Saurikhia in 'Empirical Assessment of the
Impact of Demographic Variabes on Relationship
Quality in Telecom Sector' found that different
demographic variables have different impacts on
Relationship Quality. They found that subscribers of
higher income groups are least satisfied with their
telecom service providers as compared to lower
income groups.
2
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
ContentsPerspectives
Inclusivity and Innovation Challenge
The Present World Economic Quagmire
Book review
What they don't teach at Harvard
Case Study
A Case Study on Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited:
A Tragic Story of a Publisher
Economics
Self-Help Groups in India – A Catalyst for Women Economic
Empowerment and Poverty Eradication
Entrepreneurship
Competencies of entrepreneurs-Determinant of success
Environment
Green Marketing – The Greener Roads Ahead
Finance
The Risk Adjusted Return on Indian Central Public Sector Enterprises
7
11
17
21
35
43
57
71
Dr Mukul Madahar
Lakkshay Bussi
Prof Swati Khatkale
Dr. Urmila Sharma, Prof Satish C. Sharma Ms. Priya Jha
Dr. Shagufta Sayeed
Dr. Surya Rashmi Rawat, Prof Dr. Pawan K. Garga
Prof. Stuart Locke, Dr.Geeta Duppati
,
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Research Papers
•
3
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select Stakeholders
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Human Resources
Effects of Economic Slowdown on Employee-Employer Relationship
& Work Environment
Managing Stress through Changing Lifestyle
Big data and leadership for innovation- An aggregator Model
Marketing
Marketing Environment and Adaption to the Changes
Empirical Assessment of the Impact of Demographic Variables on
Relationship Quality in Telecom Sector
87
101
109
131
140
Dr. Surya Rashmi Rawat, Geetika Vijay, Pratik Patnaik
Dr. Surya Rashmi Rawat, Ajay Singh, Cherry Gupta, Prakash Verma
Dr. Ranjith Nayar and Dr. Smitha Nayar
Raghav Bhalla, Nupur Mantoo
Mr. Ashish Saurikhia, Dr. Umesh Mishra
Mr. Vijay Prakash Gupta, Dr. P.K. Agarwal
Comparative Study of Customer Satisfaction in Public Sector and
Private Sector Banks in India 121
•
•
•
•
•
•
4
Perspectives
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
6
Inclusivity and Innovation have been on the agenda
of many corporates in the 21 century. There is a lot
of pressure on corporates to involve as well as
develop for the . This discussion
highlights key issues/challenges related to
inclusivity, followed by looking into the higher
education sector in India (one of the key emerging
economies today) and identifying gaps and issues
within the sector and how shifting the educational
paradigm can be instrumental in achieving the
inclusivity agenda in organisations.
Most organisations of today are heavily involved in
innovation, both internally and externally. New
products and processes are being developed. Lately,
a number of organisations in high growth
environments, especially in emerging economies are
now concentrating on such means by which the
wider humanity can experience benefits of this
innovation i.e. 'Inclusiveness” is climbing higher in
the organisational agenda. The pressure is on
organisations to make both their and
INCLUSIVE. In a recent survey of the Indian
manufacturing executives, conducted by Accenture,
almost all respondents (98%) recognised the
“
In the same survey a
significant percentage of respondents acknowledged
that businesses that embrace inclusion will
outperform their peers /compet i tors i .e .
inclusiveness being on the agenda would lead to
having a competitive edge. In the words of Prime
Minister Manmohan Singh (April 21, 2012; cited by
Mello and Dutz, 2012),
st
“The Have-Nots”
Staff Products
benefits of a business model that includes the have-
nots” (Outlook, 2011, p2).
“Without inclusion, social
The Need:
and economic, the very sustainability of our growth
processes comes under question…”
have not's
The Challenges:
With inclusion rising up on the agenda for
corporations, there are still challenges associated
with it. The moment you try to ask these
organisations (think of the 98% mentioned earlier)
what they are actually doing about inclusivity, the
numbers start to change significantly.
Most organisations neither have the people nor
the policies (Such as HR policies to hire/retain
employees who are willing to experiment with
inclusive growth) to make inclusive growth a
reality.
Furthermore there is a commitment gap between
acknowledging the importance of inclusivity and
actually doing something about it.
Tapping the is not cheap. Significant
upfront investment is required to pursue this
agenda. In the process, profitability, which is the
main purposes for the existence of for-profit
organisations, sometimes need to take a back seat.
Something good for the country is not necessarily
good for the company. National growth and
organisational growth, many times, do not move
hand-in-hand.
Another finding of the Accenture survey was that
43% of the staff was reluctant to relocate to rural
areas. In a country where 70% of the population
lives in rural areas, this does not bode well for an
inclusivity vision.
Organisations are not really organised or
equipped to sell to the poor, which stems from a
•
•
•
•
•
•
Inclusivity and Innovation Challenge
Dr. Mukul Madahar(MBA Welfare Director, Cardiff Metropolitan University, UK)
7
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersInclusivity and Innovation Challenge
lack of capabilities and talent of the people,
processes and policies. One of the suggestions is
to have partnerships with entrepreneurial small
organisations who have already mastered the art
of selling to the
Organisations lack inclusive growth culture.
There is lack of a culture that promotes or
implements inclusive business models into
practice. The organisations do not have the HR
policies to hire or retain people who are willing to
innovate and are willing to experiment. Until this
issue is addressed organisations will not be able to
shift culture in the direction of inclusive growth.
There seems to be a common element in all the
challenges: The People.An old axiom comes to mind
when evaluating the challenges:
In order to look into the problem,
I decided to take a step back and look at the supply
side of the organisations. This involved looking at
the foundation of these People and what they are
taught. It was thus decided to look at the education
sector, and in this perspective, specifically at the
higher education sector.
The Indian higher education budget is about $4.7 bn.
When compared to universities like California
Institute of Technology or the Harvard University
(which have annual expenditures of over $3 Bn
each), it is very small. Top Indian universities are
smaller as compared to the top World universities,
which on an average have 10, 000 students. Most of
these universities are struggling to recruit high
quality academicians. There is a shortage of around
40-50% within the teaching faculty. In spite of their
popular standing top Indian universities still do not
feature in the world's top universities. IIT-B was the
only university found placed in the Times Higher
Education magazine list in 2011 and that too in the
301-350 category.
Another aspect, which does not paint a pleasant
image, is the Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER). The
GER for India is 13.8% (i.e. only 13.8% of the
have-nots.
“As shall you sow,
so shall you reap.”
Indian Higher Education Challenges:
•
people eligible for higher education actually enrol
for it). This is very low when compared to other
countries. The GER for China is 23%, UK is 57%
and USA is 83%. India is little more than half of the
World average, which is 26%.
The Indian higher education is considered to be a
luxury only available to the brilliant and the affluent.
The unfortunate thing is that even the brilliant
struggle to climb up the ladder if they lack the
financial resources. The top institutes in India only
cater to about 5% of the population. Getting into the
top institutes is incredibly hard (Institutes like IITs
and the IIMs only have a 1.5% acceptance rate).
According to the Ernst and Young Report presented
at the FICCI HE Summit in 2011, the Indian higher
education sector is plagued with three fundamental
challenges.
As highlighted earlier, with a GER of
13.8% it is restricted to a limited population.
Some do not have the means and some do not
have enough learning and knowledge to get into
the top universities.
There is a significant disparity in GER
across the country and across different sects
within the country. It is interesting to compare:
GER of 31.9% in Delhi versus 8.3% in a state
likeAssam.
GER of 23.8% in urban areas versus 7.5% in
rural areas.
The SCs, STs and OBCs have significantly
lower GER as compared to others.
As mentioned earlier, there is a
significant shortage of teaching faculty, and
consequently the quality is suffering due to this
deficit. The curriculum is inconsistent and not
updated across all the institutes. Also,
infrastructure varies significantly across
institutes. (The report highlights that 48% of the
universities and 69% of the colleges have
infrastructure deficiencies). There exist a
significant number of unaccredited institutes,
Access:
Equity:
Quality:
o
o
o
•
•
•
8
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
which offer sub-standard education and facilities.
The top universities are clearly small pockets of
excellence, a blended effect of the type of
students who get there and the infrastructure and
facilities provided at these places. These top
institutes do offer some programmes on
innovation and are often referred to as the
entrepreneurial incubation centres. However, the
innovation at these places is commercialised and
demand led, often sponsored by venture
capitalists, who have profitability on the agenda.
This still leaves the issue of inclusivity only
partially tackled.
In 1996 the Education Commission stated that
“ ”
(Cited by D.S. Cheema in Tribune, 18
September 2012). I think this statement from the
1990s is still valid. Now we shall look into what is
happening in these classrooms.
: I think competition is one aspect
that is inculcated in children from the day they are
born. From a HE perspective, one competes to get
into the top institutes; then once they get there,
they compete to get top grades, so that when
corporate recruiters come for campus recruitment
they are picked by the best ones and offered hefty
salary packages. Its competition all the way.
Where is the inclusion though?
: As highlighted earlier, the
ones who are bright and get better grades, get
better rewards. There is a general tendency
amongst the educators as well, who draw a line
between the bright ones and the not so bright
ones. The brightest clearly get more attention as
compared to the others.
: As students are busy
memorising and regurgitating what they are
taught, they neither have the time, nor are
encouraged to research. Due to shortage of
teaching faculty, the academicians are also under
pressure. When they struggle to actively research,
The destiny of India is shaped in her classroomsth
Competition
Survival of the fittest and the fight for highest
paid corporate jobs
Not enough research
•
•
•
how can they encourage the students to do the
same?
In order to
make the learning environment and the learners
more inclusive we need to encourage more
collaborative learning within the classrooms. We
need to get rid of the divide between the good
students and the less able ones. Categorisation of
the students into high/low grades can lead to
unsustainable capacity behaviour and can be
damaging. Unlike individual learning (which is
more common), people engaged in collaborative
learning capitalise on one another's resources and
skills. Collaborative learning is a well-researched
area and there are claims that collaborative
learning increases interest in the learners and
enhances critical thinking. Collaborative learning
should also be encouraged between the students
and the educators. This is one aspect not
encouraged within the Indian education sector.
Even the top universities and institutes offer
narrow streams and courses. The research stays
within the traditional silos of subject areas. The
HE institutes need to attract faculty from different
disciplines and involve the students in more
research. Experts say that the size of the student
population and limited interdisciplinary research
at the top institutions keep them off global
ranking lists (FT, 2012).
We need to breed inclusivity within our institutes,
within our classrooms, between institutes and their
wider community context. . If we are successful in
achieving this, then the graduates will be more
inclusive in their mind-set and possibly carry it with
them into the workplace and the society at large. This
will help reduce the challenges to inclusivity
highlighted earlier.
The mind-set of the educators need to change and
concepts like collaborative learning need to be
practiced within our classrooms, right from
No signs of collaborative learning:
There is a lack of multidisciplinary research:
What Next?
•
•
9
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersInclusivity and Innovation Challenge
elementary education. Learning together rather than
individually inculcates more inclusivity within
students. The institutions also need to be inclusive to
the society and try to contribute by imparting
education to the have-nots. Initiatives like Coursera
(https://www.coursera.org/) need to be encouraged
at the top institutes.
The innovation within top institutes need to change
priorities. It should be moving from profit-based
innovation to inclusivity-based innovation. There is
a substantial body of research that talks about
benefits of inclusivity. The inclusivity needs to
become the primary agenda rather than pure
profitability. “Innovation for Inclusive Growth” has
emerged as the main theme for the Rajiv Gandhi
Centre (the portal for Imperial College Business
School's strategic commitments in India for joint
research initiatives, technology commercialisation
and educational programmes). The centre examines
how the can be served through low-cost or
resource-constrained innovation. This reiterates the
fact that inclusivity needs to be driving the
innovation agenda rather than just profitability. India
is an extremely heterogeneous economy and has a
highly diverse population, mostly operating in the
informal sector. Inclusivity-based innovation is
something that can better meet the needs of the
common people. In the words of Fred Harburg
(2011), “
Globally the private sector has played a key role in
filling the gaps within the HE sector. For example, in
the USAmore than 40% of the HE sector is catered to
by private institutions and the growth rate for this has
been higher than the public sector. Similar success
can be replicated in India. The private sector has
already played a substantial role in increasing
penetration and enrolment. The role of the state
governments will be crucial. With India targeting a
GER of 30% by 2020, the role of private institutions
will be noteworthy. The Prime Minister has invited
private sector participation in improving access to
have-nots
Without inclusion there can be no
creativity”.
quality higher education to disadvantaged groups in
the population. There is demand for HE institutes to
fill the gap, but the growth needs to be measured and
monitored for Quality, which clearly is the big
challenge. The top institutes need to take a step
forward and bring inclusivity into the mainstream
agenda. In the words of Pier Carlo Padoan (2011),
OECD Deputy Secretary General, and Chief
Economist, “
With almost 50% of the
population being under 25 and average age of 29,
India has everything going for it.All that is needed is
a well-structured education system, so that India can
address the inclusive growth agenda of the
government.
Inclusiveness does not come
as a residual – They need to be part of the
same policy strategy”.
after
growth
References
1. Cheema, D. S. (2012), To Ensure Quality, Teachers
must stay informed, The Tribune, 18th September
2012, Available at: http://www.tribuneindia.com/
2012/20120918/edu.htm#1
2. DeMello, L. and Dutz, M. A. (2012), Promoting
Inclusive Growth: Challenges and Policies, OECD
Conference, 8th May 2012, Hosted by OECD and
World Bank.
3. Ernst and Young (2011), Private Sector Participation
in Indian higher Education, FICCI Higher Education
Summit, November 11 & 12, 2011, New Delhi.
4. FT (2012), Higher Education: Students forced to play
numbers game, 25th January 2012 by Kanupriya
Kapoor.
5. Harburg, F. (2011), Your Brain on Innovation:
Without inclusion there can be no creativity, Chief
Learning Officer, July 2011.
6. www3.imperial.ac.uk/business school/research/
innovationandentrepreneurship/ieresearch/inclusive
innovationOutlook (2011), Inclusive Growth:
Closing the Commitment Gap, Issue No. 3.
7. Padoan, P. C. (2011), Challenges and Policies for
Promoting Inclusive Growth, OECD-WB
Conference, 24-25 March 2011, Paris.
10
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
The world is going through a real bad phase! With
central banks in most nations cutting their key rates
to boost their economy and government finding it
difficult to achieve fiscal consolidation in the present
scenario, the world is reeling under tremendous
pressure.
In Euro Zone, growth has become a farfetched
dream. The unemployment levels are way high and
hovering around 11-12% with some nations like
Greece and Spain experiencing a heavy
unemployment rate of 22-23%. It is almost like 1 in
every 4 Individuals doesn't have a Job. This scenario,
coupled with low Business and Investor sentiments,
growth can't happen as the consumer demand is
almost negligible. Euro-zone recorded negative
growth of -0.3% for the last 12 months and is
expected to grow at 0.5% in 2013. Thus help can
only come from the nations outside such as US, Asia
etc in the form of exports but a downturn in these
economies would be a serious blow to the euro-zone.
ECB will have a strong role to play here. The recent
announcement of purchasing unlimited bonds in a
sterilised manner will help contain sovereign debt
crisis in nations. ESM (European Stability
Mechanism), which finally has come into effect
from 8 of October, will send a positive message
outside, as Germany recently gave it a positive nod
along with other Euro-zone nations. ESM will be a
body that will provide euro-zone, financial
assistance in times of need. Post this EFSF
(European Financial Stability Facility) will be
responsible for giving Bailouts to 3 nations only -
Ireland, Portugal and Greece. The Inflation rate in
euro-zone is around 1.8-2.2%, which is not a good
th
The Present World Economic Quagmire
Lakkshay Bussi(Symbiosis International University SIMS, Pune)
11
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersThe Present World Economic Quagmire
The Present World Economic Quagmire
sign as growth is the Inflationary numbers.
What is it that is going on in the West? US today
have a high unemployment rate of 7.8%
(tradingeconomics.com) which is expected to come
down to 7.5% in 2013 because of the recent QE
(Quantitative easing). The Business sentiments are
strong and consumers are increasing in numbers.
The housing market is gaining numbers as people are
able to find jobs now, which has resulted in lowered
employment, decreased house inventories and
below increasing house prices. The growth however is a
concern as US economy is expanding at the rate of 2-
2.5% with Inflation rates at a comfortable 2%. The
key interest rates are less than 1% which has led to
more lending and better Business sentiments.
Therefore it is unlikely that US will enter into
recession. Things however can change post elections
in November. On January 1 2013, two of the key acts
are getting expired. These are Tax Relief,
Unemployment InsuranceAuthorization and Job
12
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
creation act, 2010 (extension to "Bush tax cuts of
2001 and 2003") and Budget Control Act
"Fiscal Cliff"
. If these
two acts are not extended in 2013 then US may enter
into a state called . This term was
coined by Ben Bernanke, Chairman, Fed Reserve in
Feb 2012 and is a situation where the consumer and
Business sentiments will be hurt and US might enter
into a recessionary state along with Unemployment
levels touching new heights, though the budget
deficit will be reduced to a large extent.
In the other case, if these two laws are extended then
the deficit of the US govt. will rise again affecting
future spending by the govt., including cuts in its
defence spending. All in all, it will be really
interesting to see how the world's largest economy
handles this situation.
China today is also getting affected by the global
turmoil. Its growth has always been export-driven
and not domestic-consumer driven. HSBC PMI
(Purchasing Manager's Index) for last month was
What happens to the 3 Asian Big shots?? - China,
Japan and India?
13
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersThe Present World Economic Quagmire
47.8, thus showing that manufacturing activity has
contracted due to decreased global demand for its
products. Today, when demand from most European
nations has waned coupled with low Business
sentiments, growth is just not on the right track. Its
economy is expanding at the rate of 7.5-8% with
Inflationary rates at a mere 2.5% which is way below
its target of 4% of 2012. China can thus play with its
monetary policies as there is a room to cut key rates
and boost lending, thereby boosting internal
consumer demand to propel its growth. This will also
improve its domestic housing market. There is
enough room for fiscal easing as well to ensure less
tightened regulations on various sectors which will
further boost growth.Japan today is fighting with its
extremely low growth (around 1%) and very high
public debt. Even after the Govt. is not cutting on its
spending and thinking on the lines of fiscal
tightening in the fear that it will affect its internal
consumers purchasing power, thus affecting its
growth (considering exports are down post Tsunami
clubbed with the impending world economic
crisis).This, the Manufacturing activity is also down
with PMI closing at 47 for the last month. The key
interest rate is thus kept at almost zero by BoJ, with
almost 3 cuts so far this year.
Finally, let us talk about India. Due to policy
paralysis (affecting Business sentiments) and
lowered manufacturing and exports, India is
expected to grow at 5-6% in the current FY.
Although we still have high inflation rate and fiscal
deficits, fiscal consolidation seems almost
impossible in the near future. However the recent
reforms of allowing FDI's in Multi-Brand Retail,
Aviation, Insurance, Pension funds gave some boost
to India Inc and Foreign investors which marginally
increased the growth forecast to 6-6.5% for FY2013.
Key lending rates are at almost stable levels and the
recent CRR cut further gave a push to the economy. It
is all upto the next Monsoons and exports to alter the
current growth numbers, considering India is still an
agrarian economy and a good monsoon drives the
economic wheel. It will further improve the
domestic consumer market and bring inflationary
rates down.
With all the permutations and combinations of the
economic situation across the globe, it would be
interesting to see where the world goes from this
quagmire!!
14
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Book Review
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
16
There was a day when an MBAwould be a sure ticket
to riches and a promising career. However those that
have succeeded in business always tend to have a
competitive edge. In What They Don't Teach You at
Harvard Business School: Notes from a Street Smart
Executive by Mark H. McCormack, the author takes
you into the no nonsense business world. He has
made it in his own business and now he shares the
secrets of his success.
As he outlines in the beginning, he tries to convey the
people skills and the gut instinct needed to navigate
the shark infested waters of business Mark
McCormack is Founder, Chairman and CEO of
sports marketing company International
Management Group (IMG). He was named 'the most
powerful man in sports' by Sports Illustrated. He first
achieved fame as the manager of Arnold Palmer's
money interests and is largely responsible for
turning sports into big business with endorsements,
lines of clothing, television programming, and such.
In this book McCormack does not so much criticize
Harvard Business School as the title suggests, but
complements the traditional business school-
education with 'street smarts' - "the ability to make
active, positive use of your instincts, insights, and
perceptions." (Funnily enough, McCormack did not
even attend the HBS, he has a law degree from Yale.)
"My main purpose in writing this book is to fill in
many of the gaps - the gaps between a business
school education and the street knowledge that
comes from day-to-day experience of running a
business and managing people." He splits the 'street
smarts' and this book up into three parts: People,
sales and negotiation, and running a business. With
each part consisting of 4-to-6 chapters.
In the first part McCormack discusses matters
related to people, such as reading people, creating
impressions, preparation for business situations, and
improving your career. "Business situations always
come down to people situations. And the more - and
the sooner - I know about the person I am dealing
with, the more effective I'm going to be." In the
second part of the book - Sales and Negotiation - the
author discusses sales, negotiations and marketing.
Sales and negotiations are probably the strongest
point of both the book and McCormack, he really
excels here. ...The third part of the book - Running a
Business - is probably the weakest part of the book.
Although there are some great one-liners, it is clear
that the author is not that much at ease with writing
about organization structures, policies and
procedures. In fact, it looks like he despises most of
these subjects. However, in the final chapter he
provides some good advice for entrepreneurs and
people thinking about starting their own business.
This book is somewhat unconventional and is not
really a business/management book. The examples
from his experiences in sports marketing are
exceptional and extremely useful. And yes, it is a
great complement to the traditional business school-
education (although they are now covering some of
the subjects McCormack discusses, under the term
'emotional intelligence'). It is very simple to read and
relatively short (250 pages). Recommended to all
MBA-students, and yes also managers.
What They Don't Teach You atHarvard by Mark McCormack
17
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersWhat They Don't Teach You at Harvard by Mark McCormack
What They Don't Teach You at Harvard by Mark McCormack
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
18
Case Studies
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
20
Abstract
Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited
While celebrating its platinum jubilee (75 years of
establishment), Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited
(DCHL) faced a gamut of problems. DCHL, one of
the top English Newspaper Publishing House in
Southern India, recently ventured into other
businesses like IPL franchise - &
Life Style Retail- . Mismanagement and
unrelated diversification led to default on its non-
convertible debentures. It faced legal action from
banks & other financial institutions for non-
repayment of debt and misrepresentation of balance
sheet. Kotak Mahindra Bank even took actual
possession of its Hyderabad based Kodapur plant
under SARFASI Act 2002. This case goes into depth
to find out the causes of financial distress. It also
illustrates various options available to bankers &
other financial institutions to recover its loan. This
case can also be used in the class for finding out
options left for a defaulted company to get back its
profitability.
Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited (DCHL) was
established as a printing & publishing company in
1938. It started publishing its flagship English
newspaper Deccan Chronicle as weekly newspaper
Deccan Chargers
Odyssey
and converted into a daily. In 1976, congress
politician and businessman T Chandrashekhar
Reddy acquired the company. T C Reddy had a
variety of businesses like bottling plants, aluminum
foil, hotels etc. His son, Mr. Venkattaram Reddy took
over as the chairman of the family business at the age
of 21. He had Diploma in Printing Technology and
was well versed with printing & publishing business.
But he was more known for his extravagant style of
having expensive cars, fine cigars and keen interest
in horserace bidding. His brother, Mr. Vinayak Ravi
Reddy was co chairman of the company. Mr.
Vankattaram Reddy's wife, Manjula Reddy worked
as senior features editor and their daughter Gayatri
Reddy as features editor. Their son T Vijay Reddy
was the Vice President (finance) of the company.
A Case Study on Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited:A Tragic Story of a Publisher
Prof. Swati Khatkale(Assistant Professor, Symbiosis School of Banking Management)
Figure 1: Deccan Chronicle Newspaper
21
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersA Case Study on Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited: A Tragic Story of a Publisher
A Case Study on Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited: A Tragic Story of a Publisher
Vinayak Reddy's daughter Archana was marketing
head of the company.
As the name suggests, Deccan Chronicle's
operations dominated in Southern part of India. It
published various newspapers & magazines namely
Deccan Chronicle (English Daily), Financial
Chronicle (English Financial Newspaper), Andhra
Bhumi (Telugu Newspaper), Asian Age etc. In 2012,
Deccan Chronicle was the fourth largest English
newspaper in India. Deccan Chronicle was
publishing thirteen editions from Hyderabad,
Chennai, Bengaluru, Viishakhapatnam, Vijaywada,
Rajamundry, Nellore, Karimnagar, Coimbatore,
Kochi, Thrivantapuram, Kozhikode and Anantpur.
The circulation of newspaper in Hyderabad was the
highest around 5 lakh daily. It was followed by other
newspapers like The Hindu (5 lakhs), The Times of
India (2.5 lakh- 3 lakh) and The New Indian Express
(0.5 lakhs). According to a media consultant K
Satyanarayana Deccan Chronicle dominated local
advertising in English print media in Hyderabad
with 60% share.
On 1 April 2003, it merged with another publishing
house – Nandi Publishers Private Limited. In the
year 2003-04, it expanded its business by developing
a colour printing centre in Hyderabad. All this
increased its publishing capacity from 3,15,000
copies per hour to 4,35,000 copies per hour. In 2004,
DCHL brought its Initial Public Offer (IPO) in the
market. The IPO was 9.3 times oversubscribed,
raising 179 crores for the company. DCHL acquired
Asian Age Holdings in May 2005. It was a publisher
of English newspaper, The Asian Age, printed from
Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata and London. Soon in 2007,
Deccan Chronicle's circulation reached average 1
Core Business Operations
Expansions
st
million per day. It ventured into the arena of financial
newspapers in April 2008, by launching Financial
Chronicle. Financial Chronicle was published from
Hyderabad, Chennai and Bengaluru. In the same
year DCHL made an alliance with International
Herald Tribune to publish business section of
Deccan Chronicle. Thus Deccan Chronicles grew
leaps & bounds with time.
With the growth, DCHL started diversification by
venturing into other businesses. On 5 September
2005, DCHL acquired 100% shares of lifestyle retail
chain Odyssey by paying Rs 61.2 crore in cash.
Odyssey was having a chain of retail stores selling
gifts, toys, stationary, books, music, multimedia etc.
The deal was considered highly overpriced as the top
line of Odyssey was only Rs 20 crore in 2005. The
price was more than 3 times of the turnover of
Odyssey. DCHL expanded Odyssey from 12 stores
in 6 cities to 46 stores in 13 cities in Andhra Pradesh,
Tamilnadu, Maharashtra and Karnataka. In spite of
the expansion, the Odyssey recorded losses. It
reported net loss of Rs 11.57 lakhs in 2010 against
profit of Rs 2.03 crore in 2009.
On January 24 2008, DCHL sported a new business
of Indian Premium League (IPL) franchise. DCHL
bought Hyderabad cricket team of IPL, Deccan
Chargers for $107 million (around Rs 589 crore).
The team was able to bring international cricketers
on the board like Adam Gilchrist, Andrew Symonds,
Chaminda Vaas, Herschell Gibbs & Shahid Afridi.
The team did not perform well in first season and
scored last. In the next session, it won the title. But in
2012, once again it stood the last.
DCHL also expanded its wings into Aviation
Industry by starting Aviotech. Aviotech commenced
its business in the arena of chartered flight services to
grab untapped private business aviation business in
Diversification of Business
th
th
22
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
India. Aviotech ordered 10-12 airplanes from Sukhi
Civil Aircraft. According to Kapil Arora of Earnest
& Young
With civil
aviation sector facing various difficulties of rising
fuel cost, depreciating Rupee, high taxes, high
airport costs; there is very thin hope that Aviotech
will churn any profits in the coming few years.
With increased diversification & expansion, the firm
could not sustain its profitability. DCHL reported
losses of Rs 166.24 crore in April- June 2012 quarter
from net profit in the same quarter in the earlier year.
Source: Moneycontrol.com
DCHL's troubles increased when Deccan Chargers'
ex CEO, Tin Wright sued the company in a London
Court for breach of contract. DCHL faced huge
compensation payment of £10.53 million to Tin
Wright.
The Company defaulted on the payment of Non-
Convertible Debentures (NCD) on July 2, 2012. In
“Chartered Flight services are in very
nascent stage in India and any volume & profits
can be seen only after 5 to 8 years.”
Financials:
Table1: Quarterly Results
The Default
2012, it even delayed the mandatory disclosure of
annual financial statements and published it only
after September 2012. The financial statements in
2012 showed a net loss of 1040 crores against last
year's profit of 162 crores. An year ago in 2011, the
company's balance sheet reported a strong liquidity
position with a debt of only Rs 313 crore and cash
position of Rs 264 crore and receivables of 258
crores. Still the CEO & chairman of the company
stated the problems rose due to liquidity crisis,
.” Astonishingly the debt
increased more than 10 times within a year to 3902
crores in 2012 from 313 crores in 2011.
In the suspicious situations after default, managing
director N. Krishnan resigned from the company on
25th July 2012. In December 2012, three more board
of directors resigned.
DCHL failed to pay Rs 100 crore to BCCI resulting
expulsion of Deccan Chargers. Therefore DCHLhad
to sell Deccan Chargers to Sun TV at a price of mere
Rs 425.2 crores on October 25 2012. During the
distress, the sale price of Deccan Chargers was even
less than its acquisition cost of 589 crores.
Since 25 July 2008, Deccan Chronicle Holdings
Limited had an investment grade A1+ rating of
CARE. On 1 July 2012, it paid Rs 300 crore debt but
failed to pay Rs 150 crore non-convertible
debentures to institutional investors like Pramerica
Mutual Fund and Canara Bank. Pramerica Mutual
Fund invested money of 1.3% of its liquid fund,
3.3% of ultra-short term bond fund, 6.2% of credit
opportunities fund,
“The
real issue is a liquidity crisis that has arisen due to
significant reduction in ad (advertisement)
spending by domestic and multinational
companies in India
Sale of Deccan Chargers
The Rating
th
th
st
Particulars Quarter Ended
Jun. 2012 Jun. 2011 % Var.
Sales 145.43 201.84 -28
OPM % -44.23 18.48 -339
PBDT -153.34 31.47 PL
PBT -166.24 18.02 PL
NP -166.24 12.18 PL
23
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersA Case Study on Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited: A Tragic Story of a Publisher
4.8% of dynamic monthly income fund and 5% of
dynamic fund in Deccan Chronicle Holdings based
on the credit rating. The rating agency CARE was
blamed to have A1 rating before default. The stance
of CARE was Deccan Chronicle had Rs 372 crore
cash/ FD balance and Rs 20 crore accruals and Rs
500 crore was raised by company from institutional
investors by December 31, 2011. Other argument
CARE officials made that the basic business of
Deccan Chronicle Holdings was running
successfully but it diverted funds to other
unsuccessful businesses. After default, CARE
downgraded the rating to D Grade on 2 July 2012.nd
Reasons of Failures
Aftermath of Default: Bleeding balance sheets of
banks & Legal Battles
According to various analysts & newspapers, the
acquisitions of DCHL went soar. According to the
Karvy brokers
. V Sundar Raja, founder,
www.sundartrends.in commented on DCHL,
According to financial analysts in
equitymaster.com,
Similarly Satish Kantheti, head of the
equity research division of Zen Securities Ltd
commented “
In July 2012, IFCI Ltd filed a petition in Andhra
Pradesh High Court for winding up operations of
DCHL due to non-redemption of NCD. With the
financial distress and default, the repayment of Rs
5000 crore bank loans also became questionable.
The depth of problems were estimated when it was
found out by Karvy Stock Broking Company that
DCHL has pledged shares twice for taking loans
from Karvy as well as Future Capital of Kishore
Biyani Group. According to Karvy Officials
“money raised for the media
company went into other areas for example Rs 50
crore went to Aviotech from Rs 170 crore raised
from Future Capital ”
"It
looks like the company made an investment of more
than Rs 1,000 crore in the last few years. In my
opinion, they must have invested in Deccan
Chargers. Recently they have interests in aviation
and in fact it is a surprise where they have invested
all this amount."
“All in all it is not a very happy
situation especially since some of the company's
investments appear to be made for reasons not
based on sound business acumen. The return on
these investments is not yet showing up in the
accounts.”
In my opinion, the current problem of
Deccan Chronicle is due to unrelated
diversification and the management's loss of
focus.”
“It is
very clear from the documents, that the depository
account holders, by using a forged letter,
Figure 2: DCHL's default toPramerica's Mutual Funds
24
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
committed a fraud on us and misrepresented the
facts that a higher number of shares existed in their
accounts for availing a loan against them, thereby
committed a breach of trust and forgery.”
DCHL's largest lender ICICI Bank created a
consortium with other three private sector lenders
Axis Bank, IDFC & Religare Finvest to recover the
loans. Canara Bank's 358 crore loan turned into an
NPA. As the financial statements did not show any
weaknesses a year ago, suspecting a fraud, Canara
Bank started forensic audit of DCHL by Deloitte.
Other Banks, who were planning 2300 crore
Corporate Debt Restructuring, halted restructuring
in the view of possible fraud. Religare Finvest filed
an FIR after two cheques amounting 6 crores
bounced on 1 July and 1 August 2012. Bailable
warrants were issued against the directors of DCHL.
Kotak Mahindra Bank took extreme step after giving
two notices to DCHL in October 2012 and January
2013. The Bank took actual possession of Deccan
Chronicle's Kodapur plant, building & machinery on
May 16 , 2013. This was the first legal possession of
DCHL's assets under Securitization and
Reconstruction of FinancialAssets and Enforcement
of Securities Interest (SARFASI) Act 2002. DCHL
faced another charge in July 2013 from Central
Bureau of Investigation (CBI) for fabrication of false
balance sheet and hiding actual borrowings. It is sad
story that how a publishing unit became tragedy by
itself. Deccan Chronicle had to think hard to find out
a way back to its profitability & regain its lost
reputation.
st st
th
Figure 3: Kotak Mahindra Bank's notice onthe gates of Deccan Chronicle's press
at Kondapur, Hyderabad.
Figure 4: Worried Bankers for loans given to DCHL
25
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersA Case Study on Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited: A Tragic Story of a Publisher
Source: Moneycontrol.com
Figure 5: Fall in share prices of DCHL
Table 2: Balance Sheet of Deccan Chronicle Holdings
Standalone Balance Sheet ------------------- inRs. Cr. -------------------
Sep '12 Mar '11 Mar '10 Mar '09 Mar '08
18 mths 12 mths 12 mths 12 mths 12 mths
Sources Of Funds
Total Share Capital 41.79 48.69 48.44 48.98 48.98
Equity Share Capital 41.79 48.69 48.44 48.98 48.98
Reserves -31.78 1,231.45 1,209.57 1,100.89 1,018.12
Networth 10.01 1,280.14 1,258.01 1,149.87 1,067.10
Secured Loans 3,070.90 313.12 328.87 354.5 792.7
26
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Unsecured Loans 832 0 13.46 13.46 13.46
Total Debt 3,902.90 313.12 342.33 367.96 806.16
Total Liabilities 3,912.91 1,593.26 1,600.34 1,517.83 1,873.26
Sep '12 Mar '11 Mar '10 Mar '09 Mar '08
Application Of Funds
Gross Block 1,037.53 1,074.09 916.58 840.99 646.41
Less: Accum. Depreciation 260.12 210.21 146.53 103.47 67.02
Net Block 777.41 863.88 770.05 737.52 579.39
Capital Work in Progress 3,092.92 62.83 37.68 85.6 57.89
Investments 0 0 210.62 240.92 190.92
Inventories 21.08 133.41 62.04 129.91 30.15
Sundry Debtors 144.78 258.36 195.55 194.25 244.69
Cash and Bank Balance 15.87 264.2 41.56 59.59 2.75
Total Current Assets 181.73 655.97 299.15 383.75 277.59
Loans and Advances 165.48 151.62 185.51 98.49 190.03
Fixed Deposits 0 439.6 550.09 300.09 791.94
Total CA, Loans &
Advances 347.21 1,247.19 1,034.75 782.33 1,259.56
Current Liabilities 293.89 567.87 435.98 315.81 170.52
Provisions 10.75 12.77 16.77 12.74 54.59
Total CL & Provisions 304.64 580.64 452.75 328.55 225.11
Net Current Assets 42.57 666.55 582 453.78 1,034.45
Miscellaneous Expenses 0 0 0 0 10.61
Total A ssets 3,912.90 1,593.26 1,600.35 1,517.82 1,873.26
Contingent Liabilities 142.35 0.57 0 0 0
Book Value (Rs) 0.48 52.58 51.94 46.96 43.58
Source: http://www.moneycontrol.com
27
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersA Case Study on Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited: A Tragic Story of a Publisher
Standalone Balance Sheet ------------------- inRs. Cr. -------------------
Sep '12 Mar '11 Mar '10 Mar '09 Mar '08
18 mths 12 mths 12 mths 12 mths 12 mths
Table 3: Profit & Loss account of Deccan Chronicle Holdings
28
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
------------------- in Rs. Cr. -------------------
Sep '12 Mar '11 Mar '10 Mar '09 Mar '08
18 mths 12 mths 12 mths 12 mths 12 mths
Sales Turnover 786.08 976.16 892.5 814.94 782.37
Net Sales 786.08 976.16 892.5 814.94 782.37
Other Income 57.33 3.38 29.45 42.68 37.52
Total Income 843.41 979.54 921.95 857.62 819.89
Expenditure
Raw Materials 417.37 329.6 261.89 396.56 206.28
Power & Fuel Cost 17.18 11.76 7.21 0 0
Employee Cost 138.83 96.82 65.47 49.39 26.14
Other Manufacturing Expenses 233.38 84.73 48.49 46.18 28.01
Selling and Admin Expenses 0 149.89 50.98 48.58 30.41
Miscellaneous Expenses 344.92 10.64 6.89 5.98 2.33
Total Expenses 1,151.68 683.44 440.93 546.69 293.17
Operating Profit -365.6 292.72 451.57 268.25 489.2
PBDIT -308.27 296.1 481.02 310.93 526.72
Interest 733.88 59.01 45.13 70.93 76.79
PBDT -1,042.15 237.09 435.89 240 449.93
Depreciation 81.23 51.57 42.25 32.06 27.99
EBIT -389.5 244.53 438.77 278.87 498.73
Profit Before Tax -1,123.38 185.52 393.64 207.94 419.05
PBT (Post Extra-ordinary Items) -1,123.67 185.52 393.64 207.94 419.05
Tax -83.27 74.3 132.73 67.86 147.11
Reported Net Profit -1,040.40 162.58 260.92 140.07 271.94
Total Value Addition 734.32 353.84 179.04 150.13 86.89
Equity Dividend 0 0 72.93 48.98 73.38
Corporate Dividend Tax 0 0 12.39 8.32 12.47
Per share data (annualized)
Shares in issue (lakhs) 2,089.72 2,434.72 2,422.23 2,448.78 2,448.78
Earnings Per Share (Rs) -49.79 6.68 10.77 5.72 11.11
Equity Dividend (%) 0 0 150 100 150
Book Value (Rs) 0.48 52.58 51.94 46.96 43.58
Source: http://www.moneycontrol.com
29
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersA Case Study on Deccan Chronicle Holdings Limited: A Tragic Story of a Publisher
References:
1. Appaji Reddem, “Deccan Chronicle's NCD default
scares investors”, moneycontrol.com, 31 July
2012, 10:43 pm, http://www.moneycontrol.com/
news/cnbc-tv18-comments/deccan-chronicles-
ncd-default-scares-investors_738283.html
2. Business Lines, “Banks may decide on Deccan
Chronicle debt rejig after forensic audit”,
S e p t e m b e r 1 2 , 2 0 1 2 , h t t p : / / w w w .
thehindubusinessline.com/ companies/ banks-may-
decide-on-deccan-chronicle-debt-rejig-after-
forensic-audit/ article3889580.ece
3. Business Standard, “Deccan Chargers is now
Sunrisers”, 21 December 2012
4. Firstpost.business, “Deccan: Chronicle of a flawed
diversification model”, August 9, 2012, Website:
http://www.firstpost.com/business/deccan-
chronicle-of-a-flawed-diversification-model-
412047.html
5. Goyal Rajesh, “Titanic Defaults are likely to
Do Irreparable Damages to Indian Banking
Industry”, Allbankingsolutions.com; http://www.
allbankingsolutions.com/Press-Release-Views/
Kingfisher-Deccan-loot.htm
6. IBN Live, “Deccan Chargers changed to Sun
Risers”, December 18, 2012, http://ibnlive.in.com/
news/ cricketnext/ipl-6-deccan-chargers-changed-
to-sun-risers/368632-78.html
7. KalavalapalliYogendrs & Pilla Viswanath, “Deccan
Chronicle-Hitting the headlines”, livemibt, 10
August 2012, ht tp: / /www.l ivemint .com/
Companies/ faicytUH784pSz3k0t4CZI/Deccan-
Chronicle--Hitting-the-headlines.html
8. Menon Amarnath K “Hyderabad gets new IPL
franchise, Deccan Chargers are now Sunrisers”,
Business Standard, 22 July 2013, http://www.
business-standard.com/article/ companies/deccan-
chargers-is-now-sunrisers-112122100110_1.html
9. Menon Amarnath K, “Hyderabad gets new IPL
franchise- Deccan Chargers are now the Sunrisers”,
India Today, Hydeabad, December 21,2012,
http://indiatoday. intoday.in/story/sunrisers-
st
st
th
nd
h y d e r a b a d - i p l - s u n - t v - b c c i - k u m a r -
sangakkara/1/238830.html
10. Moitra Sumit, “Concast drags Deccan to court over
default”, 23 December 2012, DNA, http://www.
dnaindia.com/money/1781051/report-concast-
drags-deccan-to-court-over-default
11. Sinha Shirish, “Deccan Chronicle: Private lenders
plan to team up to recover dues”, Business Lines,
M a y 2 , 2 0 1 3 ,
http://www.thehindubusinessline.com/companies/
deccan-chronicle-private-lenders-plan-to-team-up-
to-recover-dues/article4677221.ece
12. Sukumar C R & Menon Shailesh, “Deccan
Chronicle Holdings defaults on loan payments.”,
T h e E c o n o m i c Ti m e s , J u l y 5 , 2 0 1 2 ,
http://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2012
-07-05/news/32551547_1_pramerica-dynamic-
fund-liquid-fund-fund-house
13. Sukumar C R, “Kotak Bank seizes Deccan
Chronicle's Hyderabad press assets”, The Economic
Times, May 15, 2013, web link: http://articles.
economictimes.indiatimes.com/ 2013-05-
15/news/39282075_1_dchl-pvp-capital-deccan-
chronicle-Holdings-ltd
14. The Hans India, “Deccan Chronicle printed press
s e a l e d ” , M a y 1 6 , 2 0 1 3 , h t t p : / / w w w.
thehansindia.com/2013/05/16/deccan-chronicle-
printing-press-sealed/
15. The Hindu, “Bank takes over Deccan Chronicle
press”, May 16, 2013, http://www.thehindu.com/
business/Industry/bank-takes-over-deccan-
chronicle-press/article4718786.ece
16. The Hindu, “Kotak Mahindra Bank serves
possession notice on Deccan Chronicle Holdings”,
8 January 2013, http://www.thehindu.com/
business/companies/kotak-mahindra-bank-serves-
pos se s s ion -no t i ce -on -deccan -ch ron ic l e -
Holdings/article4287502.ece
17. The Hindu, “Taxmen 'inquire' into banking
transactions of Deccan Chronicle”, Hyderabad, 25
June 2013, http://www.thehindu.com/ business/
I n d u s t r y / t a x m e n - i n q u i r e - i n t o - b a n k i n g -
rd
th
th
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
t r ansac t ions -of -deccan-chron ic le /a r t i c le
4850398.ece
18. The Indian Express, “Deccan Chronicle Holdings
promotors' properties attached”, 29 March 2013,
http://www.indianexpress.com/news/deccan-
chronicle-Holdings-promoters-properties-
attached/1094799/
19. The Sunday Gaurdian, “Banks face bad debts as
co rpo ra t e de fau l t” , 23 March 2013 ,
th
r d
http://www.sunday-guardian.com/investigation/
banks-face-bad-debts-as-corporates-default
20. The Times of India, “Kotak Bank takes possession
of Deccan Chronicle Press”, May 16, 2013,
http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/business/india-
business/Kotak-Bank-takes-possession-of-
D e c c a n - C h r o n i c l e - p r e s s / a r t i c l e s h o w /
20075498.cms
30
22
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select Stakeholders
Research Papers
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
32
22
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select Stakeholders
Economics
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
34
Abstract
Self-Help Bank Linkage Programme
(SHG)
Investing in women is a proven way to fight poverty.
Women show a higher micro-loan repayment rate
and consistently invest more of their earnings in their
children and families than men. That is why nearly
70 percent of micro-loans donated through Micro, go
to women entrepreneurs. Microfinance programmes
like the
in India have been increasingly hailed for
their positive economic impact and the
empowerment of women. This is based on the view
that, women are more likely to be credit constrained,
have restricted access to wage labour market and
have limited decision-making and bargaining power
within the household. This article argues that true
women empowerment takes place when women
challenge the existing norms and culture, to
effectively improve their well-being.
The SHG movement in the state of Rajasthan has set
the ground for a major change process which will be
led by women and in the process will empower them
– not just through the access and control of credit and
finances but also by providing them with the space to
express themselves, and challenge the socio-
economic pressures that they have been suppressed
by. Without overburdening the SHG, the
introduction of the enterprise development process
can effectively address livelihood issues as well. In
the current scenario, where there are over 200,000
SHGs in the state, a structured and focused
programme can make a significant impact on women
and through them to the entire family.
Microfinance – also called micro credit, micro
lending, or micro-loans - is a highly successful
economic development tool to fight global poverty.
The term refers to the practice of
providing financial services to people in
impoverished countries who have no collateral,
credit history, or access to traditional lending
services.
Small loans or group loans
Micro Savings
Micro Insurance
Investing in women is a proven way to fight poverty.
Empowerment of women has become a significant
topic of discussion in regards to development and
economics . Ent i re na t ions , bus inesses ,
communities, and groups can benefit from the
implementation of such programmes and policies
Self Help Groups in India –ACatalyst forWomen
Economic Empowerment & Poverty Eradication
"microfinance"
Microfinance services can include:
•
•
•
Self-Help Groups in India – A Catalyst forWomen Economic Empowerment
and Poverty Eradication
Dr. Urmila SharmaProf. Satish C. Sharma
Ms. Priya Jha
(
(
(
Managing Editor, Woman World),
Chairman & Managing Director and
Honorary Professor (OB & HR), Maharaja Group of Colleges)
& Student, M.B.A., Maharaja College of Management)
•
35
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersSelf-Help Groups in India – A Catalyst for Women Economic Empowerment and Poverty Eradication
Self-Help Groups in India – A Catalyst for Women Economic Empowerment and Poverty Eradication
that adopt the notion of women empowerment.
Nowadays, women are challenging the existing
norms and culture to effectively improve their
feeling of well-being and self-confidence.
According to our definition, the truly empowering
activities are those that reflect the changes that
women have effectively made to better their lives, by
resisting the existing norms of the society.
Access basic healthcare, like medicines and
regular check-ups.
Buy nutritious food for their children,
instead of relying only on what they can
grow.
Send their children to school and pay for
educational supplies.
Improve the living conditions for their
families.
Gain confidence and promote gender
equality.
A majority of microfinance programmes target
women with the explicit goal of empowering them.
There are varying underlying motivations for
pursuing women empowerment. The concept of
SHGs is predominantly used in the case of
economically poor people, generally women, who
come together to pool their small savings and then
use it among themselves. It has been experienced
that, the SHGs are generally formed through the
intervention of a facilitating agency; the pooled
savings are then used to make small interest bearing
loans among themselves. The members who borrow
the money have to return the same in weekly,
fortnightly or monthly instalments at predetermined
rates of interest. The group is solely responsible for
determining its periodical saving rate, internal
lending policy as well as interest rates. This process
Microfinance Enables Women Entrepreneurs
To:
SHGs and Women Empowerment:
•
•
•
•
•
helps group members imbibe the essentials of
financial intermediation such as prioritising needs,
fixing terms and conditions and maintaining
accounts. Self-help groups are started by Non-Profit
Organisations (NGOs) which generally have broad
anti-poverty agendas. Self-help groups are seen as
instruments for a variety of goals, including,
empowering women, developing leadership abilities
among poor people, increasing school enrolments,
improving nutrition and the use of birth control.
While the term 'Self-Help Group' or SHG can be
used to describe a wide range of financial and non-
financial associations, in India, it has come to refer to
a form of Accumulating Savings and Credit
Association (ASCA), promoted by Government
agencies, NGOs or banks. The mechanism of
lending through Self Help Groups (SHGs) has
gained wide popularity over the last few years, and
has been adopted as an important strategy by banks
for lending to the poor.
' ( ) are village-based
financial intermediaries usually composed of 10–20
local women. Microfinance programmes like, the
Self-Help Bank Linkage Programme (SHG) in India
have been increasingly hailed for their positive
economic impact and empowering women.
A distinction can be made between different types of
SHGs according to their origin and sources of funds.
Several SHGs have been carved out of larger groups,
formed under pre-existing NGOs for thrift credit or
more broad-based activities. Some have been
promoted by NGOs within the parameters of the
Bank Linkage Scheme, but as part of an integrated
developmental programme. Others have been
promoted by banks and the
. Still, others have
been formed as a component of various physical and
social infrastructural projects. Some of the
characteristic features of SHGs currently engaged in
Micro Finance are given below:
Self-Help Groups' SHG
District Rural
DevelopmentAgencies (DRDAs)
36
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
•
•
•
•
An SHG is generally an economically
homogeneous group formed through a
process of self-selection based upon the
affinityof its members.
Most SHGs are women's groups with
membership ranging between 10 and 20.
SHGs have well-defined rules and by-laws,
they hold regular meetings and maintain
records and savings and credit discipline.
SHGs are self-managed institutions
characterized by participatory and collective
decision making.
The concept of linking SHGs to banks was launched
as a pilot project by National Bank for Agriculture
and Rural Development (NABARD) in 1992. The
pilot envisaged, linking of just 500 SHGs to banks.
By the end of March 1994, 620 SHGs had been
linked to banks. The success of the pilot led to its
transformation into the SHG Bank Linkage
Programme with an ever-increasing number of
banks and NGOs participating therein. From modest
beginnings in 1992, the SHG Bank Linkage
Programme spread rapidly and in just over a decade
had emerged as the single largest microfinance
programme in the world. At the end of March 2006,
its coverage extended to 583 districts located in 31
States and Union territories. Over 22.38 lakh SHGs
had been linked to banks and cumulative loans of Rs
11,397.54 crore disbursed under the first
programme. Besides the participation of 4,896
NGOs and other agencies, a total of 44,362 branches
of 547 banks were involved in lending under the
programme. Women's groups formed over 90 per
cent of the SHGs. Over a period of time, three
different models of lending have emerged under the
programme. In the first model, the bank takes the
initiative in forming the groups, nurturing them,
opening their savings accounts and then finally
NABARD's 'SHG Bank Linkage Programme':
providing credit to them. In the second model, while
facilitating agencies like NGOs, Government
agencies or community based organisations take the
lead in forming groups and nurturing them, they are
provided savings and credit facilities by the banks. In
the third model, the NGOs, which have promoted
and nurtured the groups, also act as financial
intermediaries. Under this model, the banks lend to
these intermediaries for onward financing to the
groups or their members. In some cases, the
promoting NGOs organise the SHGs into
federations, which then take on the role of financial
intermediaries. Data published by NABARD reveals
that the second model has proved to be the most
popular. At the end of March 2006, 74 percent of the
SHGs linked were under this model; the first and the
third model accounted for 20 per cent and 6 per cent
of the SHGs respectively.
Despite the phenomenal growth under the
programme, certain areas of concern continue to
persist.
First, the focus on achievement in terms of numbers
has resulted in the qualitative aspects of the SHGs
not getting the deserved attention. Second, there
remains a strong regional bias towards the southern
states. As at the end of March 2006, while Andhra
Pradesh, the state with the largest share among the
southern states, accounted for 26.2 per cent of the
total SHGs and 38.1 per cent of the total loans
disbursed, Rajasthan, the state with the largest share
of SHGs in the northern region, accounted for only
4.4 per cent of the SHGs and just 2.1 per cent of the
total loans disbursed. Third, the quantum of loan
granted per SHG continues to be very low. In March
2006, the amount was Rs 37,582 for new loans and
Rs 62,949 for repeat loans to existing SHGs.
Considering that on an average an SHG has 14
members, the per capita loan amount in March 2006
was Rs 2,684 for new loans and Rs 4,496 for repeat
loans. Fourth, the issue of sustainability of SHGs has
37
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersSelf-Help Groups in India – A Catalyst for Women Economic Empowerment and Poverty Eradication
also not been highlighted. Only since 2001,
NABARD has been publishing data regarding the
number of SHGs provided with repeat bank credit.
These data reveal that the percentage of SHGs
getting repeat bank credit has remained quite low,
indicating that most SHGs have had access to bank
credit on only one occasion.
NGO Strategies & Structures for Women
Empowerment:
The objectives of SHG promotion in India by NGOs
are expressed in a variety of ways with livelihoods
and empowerment at the centre. Barring a few
exceptions, these NGOs have been involved with
Micro Finance (MF) along with health, education
and natural resource management often, as part of an
integrated approach. However, NGOs are under
pressure to address the question of financial
sustainability of their MF programmes, an issue that
is increasingly being raised by international donors
and domestic funding sources. It has become
necessary for NGOs to demonstrate that their
mic ro f inance programmes can become
operationally and financially self-sufficient. At the
same time, NGOs are constrained by the question of
which legal form (most NGOs have been working as
registered not-for-profit societies) to adopt for
continued operations in this sector. This is further
tempered by the NGO objective of creating
community owned and managed financial
institutions built upon the SHG concept. These
pressures have brought about a period of transition
as NGOs struggle to discover the appropriate
institutional structure, both for themselves and the
community institutions promoted by them, given the
conditions attached to various sources of funds and
local and national legal and regulatory provisions.
For the flow of financial resources, the vision
invariably involves a linkage between the informal
SHGs and formal or mainstream structures of
financial services delivery. However, there is a
divergence between the long-term paths of SHG
development envisaged by the different SHG
promoters. While SHGs promoted by NGOs are part
of a approach, two broad
paths for long-term SHG involvement in financial
intermediation can be identified: -
(i) SHGs linked directly to banks on a permanent
basis;
(ii) SHGs/federations of SHGs linked to various
types of MFIs.
, an India based NGO (Non-Government
Organisation). It is a voluntary organisation
registered under the Societies Registration Act of
India. In 1983, a few young professionals set up
PRADAN, inspired by the belief that, well-educated
people with empathy towards the poor must work at
the grassroots to remove mass poverty. Soon, there
were several score professionals in PRADAN,
working in remote villages in many Parts of the
country, helping poor families enhance their
livelihoods through concrete action programmes.
PRADAN believes that the path towards conquering
economic poverty is through enhancing the
livelihood capabilities of the poor and giving them
access to sustainable income earning opportunities.
was founded in 1984, and
registered under the Rajasthan Societies
Registration Act. In 1991 it became the first
organisation in Rajasthan to recognise and react to
the growing problem of HIV/AIDs among the
population. GBS works to improve the living
standards and environment of Rajasthan. Their work
can be divided into three main categories:
Women's empowerment
The environment
HIV/AIDs prevention and relief
They have organised financial federations of SHGs
in village clusters to facilitate inter-group lending
and larger and more reliable sources of funds than
“Microfinance Plus”
PRADAN
Gram Bharati Samiti
•
•
•
38
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
provided under SHG-bank linkage.
(whose federations are non-financial), on the other
hand, has promoted a not-for-profit company to
provide parallel and competitive financial services
to the existing banking channels. Some NGOs have
chosen to transform themselves into financial
intermediaries or are in the process of setting up
independent satellite MFIs under the NGO umbrella
to act as intermediaries for SHGs or their
federations. While the range of experimentation is
high, the experience of these different models and
evidence of their reliability is still very limited.
Data obtained from NABARD revealed that 245
SHGs were linked to banks in Rajasthan at the end of
March 1998. These SHGs were spread over 12
districts of the State. However, 96 per cent of these
SHGs (235) were from seven districts,
Hanumangarh (95), Udaipur (74),Alwar (30),Ajmer
(10), Sawai Madhopur (10), Jodhpur (8) and
Chittorgarh (8). The remaining five districts
accounted for only 10 SHGs amongst them. The
study was based on secondary data. While secondary
data were obtained from NABARD and controlling
offices of banks.
Women's groups formed less than half (46 per cent)
of the SHGs linked to banks by the end of March
1998, as compared to a share of 78 per cent at the
national level. A majority of the SHGs (58 per cent)
were formed by NGOs and linked to banks. The
spread of SHGs, as well as existence of NGOs varied
greatly among the districts. While there was an
established NGO and a formal SHG federation in
existence in Alwar district, in Ajmer district, there
were no NGOs worth their name. In Hanumangarh
district, all the SHGs had been promoted and
financed by a single bank. NGOs, was adopted for
linkage by banks in all the remaining districts. In
Alwar district, while the NGO that had promoted the
MYRADA
Outreach of SHG Bank Linkage
Status of Linkage
viz.,
SHGs (PRADAN) had largely withdrawn from the
area, an SHG federation called Sakhi Samiti had
taken over its functions. The regular meetings of
Sakhi Samiti went a long way in providing guidance
and continuity to the SHGs. It was evident that the
role and responsibility of the promoting organisation
was very crucial to the sustainability of the SHGs. It
was observed that where the promoting NGO was
sincere and committed in its endeavors, the groups
had a greater tendency to sustain and mature.
However, where the NGO itself lacked the vision
and long-term relationship with the SHGs, the
groups disintegrated.
The large-scale disintegration of SHGs as brought
out by the study portends a potential threat to the
SHGs bank linkage programme. In order to ensure
sustainability of SHGs, the quality of groups formed
is of prime importance. Group formation needs to be
handled in a professional manner by trained
personnel.At the apex level, NABARD should focus
on paying increased attention to the promoters of
SHGs. In recent years, when Government agencies
have ventured into group formation in big way, it is
very important that their functionaries are also
sensitized about the importance of group quality and
sustainability. The banks should undertake due
diligence of the promoting organisations before
releasing the funds. An initial guideline enunciated
by NABARD at the time of launching the Pilot
Project stated that the group members should have a
feeling of mutual help and should not have come
together only for the sake of getting bank finance.
This is still relevant and should not be lost sight of in
the race to achieve the ever-increasing targets for
forming SHGs. The amount and frequency of loans
availed by SHG members may appear to be low but
in relation to their savings; it varies between two to
three times of the total savings. For the poor persons
who have been exposed to bank finance for the first
Emerging Issues
39
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersSelf-Help Groups in India – A Catalyst for Women Economic Empowerment and Poverty Eradication
time in their lives, this amount could be considered
adequate. However, for SHGs that continue to
sustain beyond a certain time period, say five years,
the amount of loan should increase considerably to
enable members to graduate to the economic activity
stage.
The time has come for NABARD to formulate a
suitable policy for matured SHGs. Both banks and
the promoting organisations have to be sensitized
about the financial requirements of SHG members
after the SHGs reach a degree of maturity. Such
members of mature SHGs who desire to graduate to
higher levels should have access to guidance and
finance to enable them to increase the scale of their
operation, either at the individual level or in the
group. Smaller groups of up to five persons, out of
the original SHG could be considered separately for
financing within the scope of SHG lending.
Since the amounts involved in these loans at the
individual level were not of much significance to the
banks, there was a tendency not to take a serious note
of irregularities in the repayment schedules of SHGs.
However, as the loans to SHGs also had a tendency
to slip into the irregular mode more often than not,
bankers need to exercise care and caution while
dealing with SHGs as they would in case of other
borrowers. Besides conducting personal visit to the
SHG and due diligence of the promoting NGO
before sanctioning loans to the SHGs, the post
sanction supervision and monitoring also requires to
be carried out seriously. These tasks can be entrusted
to the NGOs/ SHGs under the business facilitator
and correspondent models in terms of guidelines
issued by Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in January
2006.
"The self-help group model has been identified as a
potential pathway to alleviating poverty. The
number of poor women and men who are enrolling in
SHGs all over rural India has been increasing
Conclusion
remarkably. They are not only active in thrift and
credit management but are also taking up other
activities, such as natural resource management and
development work, l i teracy, knowledge
management, nutritional security etc. SHGs lay the
foundation for self- reliance through building up of
institutions, which have the capacity to generate
employment opportunities for the rural poor, and the
poorest, and lead to job-led economic growth."
Women are amongst the poorest and the most
vulnerable of the underprivileged and thus helping
them should be a priority and investing in women's
capabilities empowers them to make a choice which
is a valuable goal in itself but it also contributes to
greater economic growth and development.
References
1. Bali Swain R, 2006: Microfinance and Women's
Empowerment, Sida Working Paper, Division of
Market Development, Sida, Stockholm.
2. Cheston S and Kuhn L, 2002: 'Empowering Women
through Microfinance', Draft, Opportunity
International.
3. Fisher T and Sriram MS, 2002: Beyond Micro-
Credi t : Put t ing Development Bank into
Microfinance, Vistar, New Delhi.
4. Karlan, H., 2001: Microfinance Impact Assessments:
The Perils of Using New Members as a Control
Group, Journal of Microfinance, December.
5. NABARD, 2005: Progress of SHG – Bank Linkage in
India, 2004-2005, Microcredit Innovations
Department, NABARD, Mumbai.
6. Puhazhendi, V. and Badatya, K.C., 2002: SHG Bank
Linkage Programme for Rural Poor – An Impact
Assessment, paper presented at the seminar on SHG
bank linkage programme at New Delhi, micro Credit
Innovations Department, NABARD, Mumbai.
7. Puhazhendi V and Satyasai KJS, 2001: 'Economic
and social empowerment of rural poor through
SHGs', Indian Journal of Agricultural Economics,
Vol. 56. No. 3.
8. Sen, A.K. & Nussbaum M.C. (ed.), 1993: Capability
and Well-Being, in the Quality of Life.
40
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Entrepreneurship
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
42
Abstract
Entrepreneurs can be found everywhere, doing just
about everything—from starting a new restaurant to
creating a new technology or invention. These
people often put their money or their reputations on
the line. Some wish to become rich and famous.
Others wish to make themselves, their families or
their communities better off. And some seek pure
adventure—to challenge the limits of their
capability. Regardless of motive, an entrepreneur's
goal is to improve the way of life and end up
benefitting a host of other people.
The culture of a region should foster innovation,
encourage risk taking, protect new ideas and allow
entrepreneurs to profit from their successes. The
present study attempts to make some contributions
to the literature, theory, and practices concerning
Entrepreneurial Success. The research will help
answer the questions:
How can individuals be equipped to become
“successful entrepreneurs” and use the tools of
entrepreneurship to improve social and
environmental impacts at the company level?
How can individuals with an interest in
becoming entrepreneurs be made aware of the
aspects and hence challenges that their passion
and creativity can help to address?
•
•
• How can professors design course materials,
learning experiences and curricula that help
students actively develop entrepreneurial skills
and attitudes?
By investigating these questions, potential findings
in the literature were revealed, which called for a
descriptive analysis of the behaviour and
competencies of an entrepreneur essential for the
success of any business. A questionnaire was
designed to study the aspects in Entrepreneurial
Success and to propose a New Model in
entrepreneurship” which was administered to the
respondents by using a combination of survey
method, and also by mailing questionnaires through
a link on website to entrepreneurs(self-employed)
and intrapreneurs (employed in leadership role).
Further to the data collection, the descriptive
statistics were derived to measure the strength of the
relationship of the respondent and each variable.
Since there was no strong prior theory to suggest
whether the relationship between Entrepreneurial
Characteristics and The Context, whether successful
or unsuccessful, was positive or negative, a two-
tailed test was performed. Normalisation of data was
tested by KS test, Shapiro test & Wilk test in addition
to Kurtosis & Skewness values. Based on the
secondary and primary study new model for
Competencies of Entrepreneurs-
Determinant of Success
Dr. Shagufta Sayeed
Associate Professor, Sinhgad Institute of
Business Administration and Research, Pune
43
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersCompetencies of Entrepreneurs - Determinant of Success
Competencies of Entrepreneurs - Determinant of Success
practices of entrepreneurship is proposed.
Entrepreneurship, Intrapreneur, Success,
Competencies, Principles, Determinants.
To identify the competencies that will determine
a business success.
Keywords
Objectives of the study
•
Literature Review
Richard Cantillon
'speculator in an
uncertain environment'.
Jean Baptiste Say
the entrepreneurial function
as being comprised of coordination, supervision
and decision-making.
has been credited with the
introduction of the term 'entrepreneur'. In his work
'
published in the mid-eighteenth century, Cantillon
defines an entrepreneur as a
, another French political
economist, described
Essaisur la Nature du commerce en General'
Year Economist Entrepreneurial Role (ER)
Classical Era
1755 R. Cantillon Introduced the term: EntrepreneurER as
speculator
1800 J.B. Say ER as coordinator
Early Neoclassical Era
1890 A. Marshall ER as coordinator, innovator, arbitrageur
1907 F.B Hawley ER as owner of output (uncertainty bearer)
1911 J. Schumpeter ER as innovator
1921 F. Knight ER as responsible decision maker in an
uncertain environment
1925 F. Edgeworth F. Edgeworth ER as coordinator
Mature Neoclassical Era
1925 M.Dobb ER as innovator
1927 C. Tuttle ER as responsible owner in an uncertain
environment
Modern Neoclassical Era
1973 I. Kirzner ER arbitrageur and ‘alert to profitable
opportunities’
1982 M. Casson ER coordination of scarce resources under
uncertainty ER coordination of scarce
resources under uncertainty
1993 W. Baumol ER innovator and manager influenced by
existing incentive structure
Table 1: Main contributors to entrepreneurship in economic theory
44
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Given the context of tradition where entrepreneurial
activities were not productive and often rent seeking
and economically destructive, our working
definition for entrepreneurship should emphasize
the difference between productive and unproductive
forms of entrepreneurship. argues
Though entrepreneurial activity is not limited to
business formation, given our interest in productive
business development, we focus our definition on
. In order to make our definition
appropriate for the present context, it should also
take into account the effect of the 'rules of the game'
on the development of
(inspired by Baumol
and further discussed by Dallago). Further in our
d e f i n i t i o n w e f o c u s o n
and in doing so divert the focus
from the distinction between
(Scase 2000) or
(Dallago 1997).
In addition, though solo self-employment (
) may not always be
viewed as a form of entrepreneurship in advanced
western economies, it can be argued that solo self-
employment is a form of entrepreneurship (Chilosi
2001). Given the utter 'newness' and lack of private
business ownership, solo self-employment demands
a relatively high level of innovative behavior and
risk-taking in the present context.
Therefore, our definition should capture that notion
that manifestations of entrepreneurship (i.e.
in the form of viable businesses, are
influenced by both the existing and historically
determined incentive structures (
Baumol that
entrepreneurs will seek wealth, power and
prestige with their innovative activities and that
positive environmental incentives can channel
innovative, entrepreneurial behavior in a
productive way (1993).
business creation
unproductive as well as
productive entrepreneurship
p r o d u c t i v e
entrepreneurship
entrepreneurs and
proprietors systemic and
economic entrepreneurs
self-
employed with no employees
innovative, risk-taking, market-oriented
behavior)
social and
economic
of
the innovative spirit that occurs when the
individual, social, legal, political and economic
conditions are sufficient
Wennekers
a n d T h u r i k p r o d u c t i v e
entrepreneurship
Productive entrepreneurship
is … the manifest ability and willingness of
individuals to
(a) perceive and create new economic
opportunities through innovative activity
(new products, new production methods,
new organizational schemes and new
production market combinations) and to
(b) introduce their ideas in the market in the face
of uncertainty and other obstacles; and
(c) their efforts result in a viable business that
contributes to national economic growth and
personal livelihood.
) within a given context. These incentive
structures have a direct influence on the
development of productive or unproductive
entrepreneurship. In essence, we argue that
productive entrepreneurship is a manifestation
.
Thus our working definition, based on
( 1 9 9 9 ) f o r
focuses on innovative activity
under uncertainty resulting in an economically
productive business:
Personality traits, organizational factors, and
environmental factors have been studied by
entrepreneurship researchers as causes of new
venture success; however, from 1961 to 1990,
research about entrepreneurs' traits found only weak
effects.
(Aldrich & Wiedenmayer, From traits to rates: An
ecological perspective on organizational foundings,
1993)D The weak results for traits were surprising
because new venture financiers and entrepreneurs
themselves pointed to entrepreneurs' personal
characteristics as dominant reasons for success
((Young & Sexton, Entrepreneurial Learning: A
Conceptual Framework, 1997D, 2001; (Smith,
45
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersCompetencies of Entrepreneurs - Determinant of Success
2000). Recently, a growing cohort of psychology-
based researchers has renewed interest in
entrepreneurs' personal characteristics as predictors
of success by moving beyond the past focus on traits
to study competencies, motivation, cognition, and
behaviour. More complex models, better research
tools, and concepts that are closer to performance in
terms of causality have been used (Baron, 1998;
Baum, Locke, & Smith, 2001; Busenitz & Barney,
1997; Mitchell, Smith, Seawright, &Morse,2000).
Our empirical research extends and refines Baum et
al.'s (2001) 2-year study of the effects of five
categories of personal, organizational, and
environmental factors on new venture growth that
challenged entrepreneurship researchers' shift to
external (organizational and environmental)
explanations of new venture performance (Gartner,
1989). The Baum et al. (2001) study argued that
entrepreneurship researchers' conclusion that
personal characteristics are unimportant for new
venture performance missed important indirect
effects and personal characteristics other than traits.
Baum et al. (2001) amalgamated the following: (a)
three environmental variables (dynamism,
munificence, and complexity) to create an
environment factor; (b) four strategic management
variables (strategic focus, low cost, innovation, and
quality differentiation) to create an organization-
level factor; and (c) 10 personal characteristics to
create a trait, skill, and motivation composite. For
example, the motivation category is a combination
of goals, self-efficacy, and vision; therefore, the
relationships among goals, self-efficacy, and vision
and their relationships with other individual
difference variables were not examined. Baum et al.
(2001)D found that motivation and organization
factors have direct effects on new venture
performance; however, the effects of the trait and
skill composite factors were indirect through
motivation and organizational factors. Their study
supports the case for attention to entrepreneurs'
personal characteristics; their overarching purpose
was to provide a more fine-grained understanding of
the way entrepreneurs' personal characteristics
combine to affect venture success. Carland et al.
(1984), in an attempt to provide answers to the
questions that: 1) if entrepreneurs exist as entities
distinct from small and large organizations and 2) if
entrepreneurial activity is a fundamental contributor
to economic development, on what basis may
en t repreneurs be separa ted f rom non-
entrepreneurial managers in order for the
phenomenon of entrepreneurship to be studied and
understood? After reviewing literature of small
business and entrepreneurship and using
Schumpeter's work (1934), they defined an
entrepreneur “as an individual who establishes and
manages a business for the principal purposes of
profit and growth. The entrepreneur is characterized
principally by innovative behavior and will employ
strategic management practices in the business”.
This theoretical piece distinguished the entrepreneur
from a small business owner. Carland et al. also
defined a small business owner as “an individual
who establishes and manages a business for the
principal purpose of furthering personal goals. The
business must be the primary source of income and
will consume the majority of one's time and
resources. The owner perceives the business as an
extension of his or her personality, intricately bound
with family needs and desires”. This definition
recognized the overlap between small business
owner and entrepreneur but provided additional
support to Schumpeter's characterization of
entrepreneurship as innovation oriented.
Entrepreneur is one who understands the market
dynamics and searches for change respond to it and
exploit it as an opportunity.
46
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Hypothesis
Statement of Hypothesis
Null Hypothesis
Alternate Hypothesis
Research methodology
Sample Selection
From the literature that has been reviewed within the
field of entrepreneurship, it was established that:
There is no universal definition of an entrepreneur.
Entrepreneurship is a complex concept, which has
many relationships and dependencies and cannot be
boxed in a single theory.
Six personality characteristics or competencies
(Visionary Leadership, Innovativeness, Risk Taker,
High Powered, Internal Locus of Control) were
hypothesized as key traits that an entrepreneur
should embody in order to be successful. The
research was set out to test the relationship of the
competencies and entrepreneurial success and to
study if there is any significant relationship between
them.
H Competencies viz.; visionary, leadership,
innovativeness, risk taker, high powered, internal
locus of control are predictors of business success.
H :At least one of the independent variables (out of 6
variables Visionary Leadership, Innovativeness,
Risk Taker, High Powered, Internal Locus of
Control) is the predictor of business success.
For the success of entrepreneurs the economic
environment plays a vital role and hence
entrepreneurs, employees in leadership position, ,
were included in the study.
To study the competencies of the entrepreneurs/
intrapreneurs in Pune face to face structured
interviews were taken to extract information about
them by carefully selected group of questions. The
sample had knowledge and experience of the topic
0:
1
being investigated.
a sample size of 100 respondents was selected to
represent the population which were comprised of
entrepreneurs and non-entrepreneurs.
A total of 122 responses to the survey were achieved
of which 100 respondents had completed the entire
survey. The 22 respondents who did not complete the
entire survey were dropped from the data set to
maintain accuracy in the data analysis and tests.
Questionnaire Table 2 summarizes the measurement
model latent variables, number of measurement
items, measurement description and format,
To study whether the competencies viz; visionary,
leadership, innovativeness, risk taker, high powered,
internal locus of control positively affect business
success.
Multiple Regression Analysis using backward
method
a. Predictors: (Constant), Visionary, Risk Taking,
Leadership, High Powered, Internal Locus of
Control, Innovation
b. Predictors: (Constant), Visionary, Risk Taking,
Leadership, High Powered, Innovation
c. Predictors: (Constant), Visionary, Risk Taking,
High Powered, Innovation
d. Predictors: (Constant), Visionary, Risk Taking,
Innovation
e. Dependent Variable: Success status of business
Model summary shows 3Rs viz. R, R and adjusted
UniverseAnd Sample Size
Instrument
PURPOSE
STATISTICALTEST
Level of significance: α=0.05
2
47
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersCompetencies of Entrepreneurs - Determinant of Success
R . R is the multiple correlation between the
dependent and independent variables, R2 is the
coefficient multiple determination. Adjusted R is
the adjustment R considering number of sample size
and independent variables.
2
2
2
MODEL1
R = 0.0643
R = 0.413
Adjusted R = 0.375
2
2
Latent variable Indicators
Business success One 5-point scale
Visionary Five 5-point scale
Leadership Five 5-point scale
Innovativeness Five 5-point scale
Risk taker Five 5-point scale
High powered Five 5-point scale
Internal locus of control Five 5-point scale
Business background 1 yes or no question and 1 string question
Age 4 MCQ
Gender 1 M/F question
Community 10 MCQ
Table 2 : Measurement Model Results after Hypothesis testing and analysis
Model R R Square Adjusted R Square Std. Error of the Estimate
1 .643a
.413 .375 .46712
2 .643b
.413 .382 .46466
3 .641c
.411 .387 .46296
4 .631d
.398 .379 .46582
Table 3 shows Multiple Regression Analysis model summary table
48
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
MODEL4
Insignificant variables removed i.e. leadership, high
powered and internal locus of control.
R = 0.631
R = 0.398
Adjusted R = 0.379
2
2
Model Sum of Squares df Mean Square F Sig.
1
Regression 14.297 6 2.383 10.921 .000b
Residual 20.293 93 .218
Total 34.590 99
2
Regression 14.295 5 2.859 13.241 .000c
Residual 20.295 94 .216
Total 34.590 99
3
Regression 14.228 4 3.557 16.596 .000d
Residual 20.362 95 .214
Total 34.590 99
4
Regression 13.760 3 4.587 21.138 .000e
Residual 20.830 96 .217
Total 34.590 99
Table 4 ANOVA test resultsa
It is interesting to note that there is no much change in
the 3 R values after the removal of insignificant
variables in Model 4.
R value of 0.398 shows that almost 40 % of the
variance in the dependent variable (business
success) is explained by the 3 independent variable
visionary, innovativeness, risk taker.
2
a. Dependent Variable: Success status of business
b. Predictors: (Constant), Visionary, Risk taking, Leadership, High powered, Internal Locus of
Control, Innovation
c. Predictors: (Constant), Visionary, Risk taking, Leadership, High powered, Innovation
d. Predictors: (Constant), Visionary, Risk taking, High powered, Innovation
e. Predictors: (Constant), Visionary, Risk taking, Innovation
49
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersCompetencies of Entrepreneurs - Determinant of Success
ANOVA table is significant for all the four models
F(3,96) =21.138, p-value <0.05. Since the overall
model is significant we refer to coefficients table to
understand β coefficient of all the 3 independent
variables.
Table 5 shows Regression Coefficients test results
Coefficientsa
Model Unstandardized
Coefficients
Standardized
Coefficients
t Sig.
B Std. Error Beta
1
(Constant) .198 .519 .381 .704
High powered .157 .108 .136 1.454 .149
Risk taking .241 .059 .332 4.073 .000
Innovation .204 .101 .229 2.007 .048
Internal Locus of Control .011 .096 .010 .110 .913
Leadership .061 .115 .054 .536 .593
Visionary .272 .103 .268 2.644 .010
2
(Constant) .216 .491 .439 .661
High powered .158 .107 .137 1.472 .144
Risk taking .240 .058 .331 4.135 .000
Innovation .206 .099 .231 2.087 .040
Leadership .063 .113 .055 .554 .581
Visionary .275 .100 .270 2.733 .007
3
(Constant) .340 .434 .784 .435
High powered .158 .107 .137 1.479 .142
Risk taking .236 .057 .325 4.112 .000
Innovation .231 .087 .260 2.665 .009
Visionary .282 .099 .278 2.844 .005
4
(Constant) .629 .390 1.614 .110
Risk taking .229 .058 .316 3.985 .000
Innovation .268 .084 .301 3.193 .002
Visionary .324 .096 .319 3.389 .001
a. Dependent Variable: Success status of business
50
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Coefficientsa
Model Unstandardized
Coefficients
Standardized
Coefficients
t Sig.
B Std. Error Beta
1
(Constant) .198 .519 .381 .704
High powered .157 .108 .136 1.454 .149
Risk taking .241 .059 .332 4.073 .000
Innovation .204 .101 .229 2.007 .048
Internal Locus of Control .011 .096 .010 .110 .913
Leadership .061 .115 .054 .536 .593
Visionary .272 .103 .268 2.644 .010
2
(Constant) .216 .491 .439 .661
High powered .158 .107 .137 1.472 .144
Risk taking .240 .058 .331 4.135 .000
Innovation .206 .099 .231 2.087 .040
Leadership .063 .113 .055 .554 .581
Visionary .275 .100 .270 2.733 .007
3
(Constant) .340 .434 .784 .435
High powered .158 .107 .137 1.479 .142
Risk taking .236 .057 .325 4.112 .000
Innovation .231 .087 .260 2.665 .009
Visionary .282 .099 .278 2.844 .005
4
(Constant) .629 .390 1.614 .110
Risk taking .229 .058 .316 3.985 .000
Innovation .268 .084 .301 3.193 .002
Visionary .324 .096 .319 3.389 .001
a. Dependent Variable: Success status of business
Excluded Variablesa
Model Beta In T Sig. Partial
Correlation
Collineari
ty
Statistics
Tolerance
2 Internal Locus of Control .010b
.110 .913 .011 .702
3Internal Locus of Control .016
c.172 .864 .018 .711
Leadership .055c
.554 .581 .057 .627
4
Internal Locus of Control .025d
.268 .789 .027 .714
Leadership .056d
.554 .581 .057 .627
High powered .137d
1.479 .142 .150 .721
a. Dependent Variable: Success status of business.
b. Predictors in the Model: (Constant), Visionary, Risk taking, Leadership, High powered, Innovation.
c. Predictors in the Model: (Constant), Visionary, Risk taking, High powered, Innovation.
d. Predictors in the Model: (Constant), Visionary, Risk taking, Innovation.
Table 6 shows Residuals Statisticsa
Minimum Maximum Mean Std. Deviation N
Predicted Value 2.6046 4.4679 3.7100 .37281 100
Residual −1.01387 1.30412 .00000 .45870 100
Std. Predicted Value −2.965 2.033 .000 1.000 100
Std. Residual −2.177 2.800 .000 .985 100
a. Dependent Variable: Success status of business
For risk taking
b = 0.229, t = 3.985, p-value<0.05.
For innovativeness
b = 0.268, t = 3.193, p-value<0.05.
For visionary
b = 0.324, t = 3.389, p-value<0.05.
Thus the multiple regression equation can be
presented as follows:
Business success = 0.629+0.229(Risk taking) +
0.268(innovation) +
0.324(visionary)
We therefore conclude that:
When risk taking is increased by 1 unit business
succeeds by 0.229 unit while the remaining two
variables remain constant.
When innovativeness is increased by 1 unit
business succeeds by 0.268 units while the
remaining two variables remain constant.
When visionary is increased by 1 unit business
succeeds by 0.324 units while the remaining two
variables remain constant.
Therefore visionary, innovativeness, risk taker are
the important qualities for business success.
Multicollinearity is not a problem since Tolerance is
above 0.1 for all the variables.
51
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersCompetencies of Entrepreneurs - Determinant of Success
Excluded Variablesa
Model Beta In T Sig. Partial
Correlation
Collineari
ty
Statistics
Tolerance
2 Internal Locus of Control .010b
.110 .913 .011 .702
3Internal Locus of Control .016
c.172 .864 .018 .711
Leadership .055c
.554 .581 .057 .627
4
Internal Locus of Control .025d
.268 .789 .027 .714
Leadership .056d
.554 .581 .057 .627
High powered .137d
1.479 .142 .150 .721
Figure 1 shows Partial Regression Plot for dependent variable Success status of business for the
construct risk taking
Figure 2 shows Partial Regression Plot for dependent variable Success status of business for the
construct innovation
There is positive relationship between success status of business and risk taking since the regression line
shows an uphill.
52
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
There is positive relationship between success status
of business and innovation since the regression line
shows an uphill.
There is positive relationship between success status
of business and visionary since the regression line
shows an uphill.
The data suggests that the competencies of being
visionary, innovative, a risk taker are the important
53
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersCompetencies of Entrepreneurs - Determinant of Success
Figure 3 shows Partial Regression Plot for dependent variable Success status
of business for the construct visionary
qualities for business success and the competencies
of internal locus of control, leadership and high
powered are not a good predictor and not
prerequisite for business success for entrepreneurs.
Reject the Null Hypothesis: Competencies viz;
visionary, leadership, innovativeness, risk taker,
high powered, internal locus of control are not
predictors of business success.
Decision:
Conclusion
References
These are the aspects that Entrepreneur should
imbibe as per the study conducted and its conclusion.
1. Aldrich, H. E., & Wiedenmayer, G. (1993). From
traits to rates: An ecological perspective on
organizational foundings. In J. A. Katz & R. H.
Brockhaus Sr. (Eds.),
(pp. 45–195).
Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Advances in entrepreneurship,
firm emergence, and growth
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
54
2. Young, J. E. and Sexton, D. L. (1997).
Entrepreneurial Learning:AConceptual Framework,
Journal of Enterprising Culture, 5(3), 223-248.
3. Smith, J. K., & Smith, R. L. (2000). Entrepreneurial
finance. NewYork: Wiley.
4. Baum, J. R., Locke, E. A., & Smith, K. G. (2001). A
multidimensional model of venture growth.
292–303.Academy of Management Journal, 44,
5. Carland, James W., F. Hoy, .W. R. Boulton, and J. C.
Carland (1984), “Differentiating Entrepreneurs from
Small Business Owners: A Concept ualization,”
Academy of Manage ment Review 9 (2), 354-359.
6. shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/
2022/8/08_chapter-1.pdf
Environment
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
56
Abstract
In this era of globalization, it's a big challenge to
attract customers and even bigger a challenge to
retain them without causing damage to the
environment – the biggest need of hour. Today's
Consumer is well aware of the environmental issues
like; global warming and the impact of
environmental pollution. Thus no marketer can think
of ruling the market by compromising on any of
these issues. This eco-friendly concern of buyers and
manufactures gave rise to the phenomenon called
Green marketing.
Green Marketing basically signifies marketing of
Goods and Services in a manner so as to satisfy the
demands of consumer that too by causing minimum
detrimental effect on the environment.
Green marketing is in its infancy stage in India. The
consumers here are gradually learning the concept of
Green. In such a scenario, it becomes very important
to first identify the product category where it can be
launched safely and successfully.
The basic objective of this paper is to identify the
niche areas where green marketing could be
practiced successfully. The paper also attempts to
find the impact of income over the preference of
consumers towards Green products.
Research in hand is based on Primary as well as
Secondary data. Primary data will be collected
through a questionnaire survey and in depth
interviews over a sample of 400 women in Pune,
Maharashtra India, belonging to different Age and
Income groups.
The research conclusively proves that Consumers
belonging to different age & Income group have a
positive attitude towards certain segments of Green
Marketing discussed in details in the Paper.
: Green marketing, Organic Products,
Purchasing Power, Buyer Behaviour.
The first Earth Day, 22 April 1970 is often cited as
the birth date of environmental movement
and .
Advent of Green movement was not an overnight
affair. The pot had been simmering since the latter
half of 1960s. It was then that the green awareness
specifically related to the negative impact of
consumption pattern, the economic and population
growth on environment had started catching
attention of the masses. But it was only in the late
1980s, that a serious concern for green marketing
arose amidst the masses (Cohen, 2001).
Key Words
1.1 Introduction
(Dunlap
and Catton, 1979) (Cathy Sandeen, 2009)
nd
Green Marketing – The Greener Roads Ahead
Dr. Surya Rashmi RawatProf. Dr. Pawan K. Garga
(Symbiosis Law School, Pune)
(H.P University Business School)
57
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersGreen Marketing – The Greener Roads Ahead
Green Marketing – The Greener Roads Ahead
1.2 Definition
Polonsky, Michael Jay (1994b)
1.3 Review of Literature
(Johri, 1998).
Ferraro C. (2009),
(Reitman, 1992).
1.3.1 The Demographic Factors and Green
BehaviourJain and Kaur (2006),
defined green
marketing as, “set of all the activities designed to
generate and facilitate any exchange intended to
satisfy human needs or wants, such that the
satisfaction of these needs and wants occurs with
minimal detrimental impact on the natural
environment.” It is basically a business practice that
considers consumers concern with regards to
preservation and conservation of the natural
environment.
There has been a sudden spurt in the consumer's
environmental concern. This emerging eco-friendly
wave is creating a win - win situation for both the
Industry and the market. It is offering various
competitive advantages and opportunities to the
ones who are practicing "green" in their process of
production and consumption
According to the growing threat
of global warming and environmental consciousness
is fast drawing attention from all the directions. The
governments, business houses and all the citizens of
earth are gearing up to fight out this evil. This
environmental concern is gradually changing the
buyer behaviour too. Consumers today are willing to
spend more in the name of good health and
cleanliness of environment.
According to a global research, 53% of consumers
(roughly 1 billion) determined the eco-friendly
image of a company as a decisive reason for making
them buy and use its products. It further stated that
the consumers are prepared to spend an additional 7 -
20% in order to buy pure "green" products and reject
the non-viable alternatives, offered to them by the
conventional market
observed that all
consumers do not ardently support the protection of
environment concern. The other truth is that 100% of
the population who supports environmental
protection is not influenced by "green" marketing.
One reason for this attitude could be lack of
awareness. The fact that population is suspicious of
the green claims by companies could also not be
denied as reason for their behaviour.
According to ),
occupation and economic circumstances are some of
the personal factors affecting consumer behaviour.
Various researchers tried to study the impact of
demographic factors over green behaviour. Some of
them concluded that green purchase behaviour
cannot be predicted on the basis of socio
demographic variable such as age, income,
education and gender. (
. The reason behind this inability is the
inconsistency observed in various such researches
studying the impact of these factors over the green
purchasing behaviour.
observed that the
psychographic variables are more significant in
explaining and forecasting the future green buyer
behaviour than the demographic factors.
Associating high prices with majority of green
products in comparison to the existing conventional
ones, people generally assume that income should
have a positive impact over the green consumer
behaviour. But the results of various researches
analyzing the impact of demographic factors could
never produce convincing results.
observed that despite the
inconsistency of results, the environmentally
conscious consumers are comparatively better
educated with higher income, and higher socio-
economic status, who have serious concern for the
environment.
Kotler and Keller (2009, 196
Shamdasani et al., 1993;
Schlegelmilch et al., 1996; Mainieri et al., 1997;
Straughan and Roberts, 1999; Shaw and Clarke,
1999)
Akehurst, G. et. al., (2012)
Balderjahn (1988)
58
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Banyte et al. (2010) Bourgeois, J.C. and
Barnes, J.G. (1979)
1.4 Objectives of the Study
1.5 Research Methodology
and
noted that green buyers are
generally the ones who receive higher than average
income.
The basic objective of this research paper is to
identify the niche areas where green marketing
could be practiced successfully.
The paper also attempts to find the impact of
income over the preference of consumers towards
green products.
The product preference in each category viz, for
self, spouse or the children shall also be
researched.
Research in hand is based on primary as well as
secondary data. Primary data was collected
through a questionnaire survey and in depth
interviews over a sample of 400 women in Pune,
Maharashtra India, belonging to different Age &
Income group. The test sample belonged to four
different annual income groups i.e., Less than 3
Lacs, 3 Lacs to 5 Lacs, 5 Lacs – 8 Lacs and 8 Lacs
and Above as Ist , IInd , IIIrd and IVth Income
group respectively.
The correlation test shall also be applied to find
out the relationship between Purchasing power
and consumer's intention to buy green products
for themselves, their spouse and their children.
•
•
•
•
•
1.6 Findings and Discussion
1.6.1 Impact of purchasing power over green
buyer behaviour towards self
a. Buying No Green Product for self
b. Buying at Least One or Two Green Products
for Self
c. Product Preference for Self
According to the data collected 38 percent of the
population belonging to first income group
intended “not to buy even a single green product”,
where as in the second income group the strength
of people sharing same opinion went higher
touching close to 60 percent. In the third income
group number abruptly fell down to even less than
20 percent with number almost vanishing in the
last income group comprising of population
earning more than Rs 8 lacs annually.
The proportion of population intending to buy at
least one green product was close to 23 percent in
Ist income group, 18 percent in the second income
group and sixty percent in third income group.
The fourth income group does not see anybody
registering against “at least one green product”
rather 80 percent of this income group preferred
to buy at least two products. Even 22 percent of
the third group also consented for the same.
The data in hand reveals that 61 percent of sample
intending to buy at least one product preferred to
go in for Green Cosmetics, whereas remaining 39
percent preferred to go in for green or the organic
food. The sample intending to buy two green
products, chose to buy green cosmetics as their
first preference whereas organic food stood as
their second priority. The results have been
represented in the following graph.
59
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersGreen Marketing – The Greener Roads Ahead
Let's try to find correlation test between the
income group and sample's preference towards
buying goods for self, the spouse and their
children.
Fig. 1 Impact of Income over Green buyer behaviour towards self
INCGP SELF1
INCGP Pearson Correlation 1 .750(**)
Sig. (2-tailed) . .000
N 350 350
SELF1 Pearson Correlation .750(**) 1
Sig. (2-tailed) .000 .
N 350 350
60
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
d. Correlations between Purchasing Power and
Green Buyer Behaviour for Self
a.** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).
Nonparametric Correlations
1.6.2 Impact of purchasing power over green
buyer behaviour towards Spouse
a. Buying No Green Products for Spouse
b. Buying at least one Green Products for Spouse
** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-
tailed).
The above Correlation table confirms the fact that
there is a perfect correlation between purchasing
power and the intention to buy for self. As we move
up the income group we see that the proportion of
population buying green is proportionately
increasing, a fact evidently supported by the findings
of survey too.
The data collected shows that in the first income
group 34 percent of the population refused to
buy “even a single green product”, in the second
income group the number further went up
touching 52 percent. But in the third income
group this number abruptly fell down to even less
than 20 percent. In the IV income group number
dipped to less than 2 percent.
In the I income group approximately 23 percent
of the population intended to buy at least one
green product, the number further went up to 30
th
st
percent in the second income group and touched
40 percent in the third income group. The fourth
income group did not register even a single entry
in this section.
While shopping for their spouse, the third and the
fourth income group came up with quite
encouraging results with more than 40 percent in
3 and close to 60 percent in 4 Income group
intending to buy more than two green products.
The 5 percent of 3 and 97 percent of fourth
income group also showed their preferences to
pick up three organic products for their spouse
respectively.
In this category those intending to buy only one
green product, preferred to go in for green food.
87 percent of those intending to go in for at least
two green products, preferred to buy organic food
as their first priority. 9 percent chose green
electronic appliances as their first priority with 4
percent going in for green cosmetics. In the same
category, majority preferred electronic
c. Buying at least two or three Green Products
for Spouse
d. Product Preference for Spouse
rd th
rd
INCGP SELF1
Spearman's rho INCGP Correlation
Coefficient1.000 .740(**)
Sig. (2-tailed) . .000
N 350 350
SELF1
Correlation
Coefficient.740(**) 1.000
Sig. (2-tailed) .000 .
N 350 350
61
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersGreen Marketing – The Greener Roads Ahead
appliances and automobile as their second
preference. Those going in for three Products
preferred green food, followed by green
electronics. The third preference was shared by
e. Correlations between purchasing power over
green buyer behaviour for Spouse
Fig. 2 Impact of purchasing power over green buyer behaviour towards Spouse
INCGP SPOUSE1
INCGP Pearson Correlation 1 .711(**)
Sig. (2-tailed) .000
N 350 325
SPOUSE1 Pearson Correlation .711(**) 1
Sig. (2-tailed) .000
N 325 325
62
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Organic Cosmetic and Green Automobile in
almost equal proportion.
** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).
Nonparametric Correlations
1.6.3 Impact of purchasing power over green
buyer behaviour towards Children
a. Buying at least one Green Products for
Children
** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2 -
tailed).
The above Correlation table reveals that there is a
perfect correlation between purchasing power and
the intention to buy for Spouse, a fact convincingly
supported by the Analysis of buyer behaviour
towards buying for spouse. We found that as we
move up along the income groups starting from first
group ranging from less than Rs 3 Lacs annually to
last Income Group of more than Rs 8 Lacs annually
there is a significant increase in the number of
population buying Green Products.
The data collected shows that there is not even a
single income group where sample is not ready to
buy at least one green product for their Children.
As the following graph reveals that in the first
income group close to 30 percent of the
population intended to buy at least a single green
product, in the second income group the number
goes higher touching 40 percent. But in the third
income group the number fell down to 23 percent.
Moving on to last income group the number goes
down to 4 percent.
Looking at the number of people intending to buy
at least two green products, the first group has no
representation, in the 2nd Income Group it is 2
percent with third group taking a big leap to 80
percent. But the fourth group saw a sudden
decline to 20 percent in this category. 90 percent
of the IVth income Group and 10 percent of the
third income group preferred to buy three green
products.
Irrespective of Income Group, organic food was
recognized as the first preference in every
category, weather intending to buy one, two or
three green products for Children with green
cosmetics and green apparels ending up as second
and third choice respectively.
b. Buying at least two or three Green Products
for Children
c. Product Preference for Children
INCGP SPOUSE1
Spearman's rho INCGP Correlation Coefficient 1.000 .684(**)
Sig. (2-tailed) .000
N 350 325
SPOUSE1
Correlation Coefficient .684(**) 1.000
Sig. (2-tailed) .000
N 325 325
63
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersGreen Marketing – The Greener Roads Ahead
d. Correlations between purchasing power over
green buyer behaviour towards Children
Fig. 3 Impact of purchasing power over green buyer behaviour towards Children
INCGP CHILD1
INCGP Pearson Correlation 1 .635(**)
Sig. (2-tailed) .000
N 350 350
CHILD1 Pearson Correlation .635(**) 1
Sig. (2-tailed) .000
N 350 350
64
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).
Nonparametric Correlations
** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-
tailed).
The above Correlation table reveals that there is a
perfect correlation between purchasing power and
the intention to buy for Children. It's important to
note here that it's not just that the correlation is
positive but the amount of green products that
women are desirous and are actually buying for their
Children is also quite significant. The research
findings could not trace even a single woman who
could say that she does not want to buy any green
product for her child. The issue here was not
whether to buy or not, but how much to buy? The
research findings concluded that the number of
Green Products being bought for the Children went
on increasing from one to two to finally three as we
climbed up the ladder Income Group wise starting
from first group starting from less than 3 Lacs
annually to last Income Group of more than Rs 8
Lacs annually.
1.7 Conclusion
The research in hand concludes that there is a direct
correlation between the income group and Intention
to buy green product irrespective of the fact whether
the shopping is to be made for the Self, Spouse or the
Children. The research also infers that though Green
Marketing can be launched successfully in all the
product segments i.e., the ones usedby females, their
spouse and also their children but the children
segment promises the best returns as we saw that not
even a single sample irrespective of the income
group refused to buy green products for their
children. In the children segment too, according to
research findings the organic food is the most
promising sector followed by organic cosmetics and
then the green apparels.
The market for Spouse is comparatively less
promising. It's going to take some time. The most
preferred in this segment too was the organic food,
followed by green electronic appliances and the
green automobile.
INCGP CHILD1
Spearman's rho INCGP Correlation
Coefficient1.000 .631(**)
Sig. (2-tailed) .000
N 350 350
CHILD1
Correlation
Coefficient.631(**) 1.000
Sig. (2-tailed) .000
N 350 350
65
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersGreen Marketing – The Greener Roads Ahead
Women seemed to be more in love with their looks.
Majority of them agreed to go in for green cosmetics.
Avery small margin agreed for the organic food with
very few agreeing for green apparels and hardly any
one agreeing for the automobile.
Research reveals that the greenest of all the roads in
green marketing is the children segment. From the
preferences of sample it is clear that health of small
children is the first priority of every house hold this
attitude can safely be exploited by the marketers.
The results also show that the organic cosmetics and
the green apparels too have good market though
comparatively less.
For men, market is simply viable for green food. As
far as the green automobile and the electronics are
concerned though the acceptance has started but is
comparatively insignificant. May be with more
awareness of climate change, even these segments
too would prove beneficial.
For women, there is just one and only one green
product that is going to sell like hot cake and it's the
organic cosmetics, because rather than the internal
health it's the external looks that seem to matter the
most to women belonging to every age and income
group.
Spreading awareness about the environmental
degradation and the role of Humans in it through,
Marketers, Governments, NGO's and the
Academicians might change the plight to some
extent and facilitate the acceptance of Green.
The sample was restricted to a single geographic
area in India i.e. Pune. Therefore it is important to
verify the results in Pune like Cities in India so as to
make a generalized statement for the Indian Cities.
Being an empirical Research, rather than the buyer
1.8 Recommendations
1.9 Limitation and Future Research
behaviour, it was the human behaviour that posed a
major challenge. At times it appeared as if samples
are writing the responses as perceived to be expected
from them rather than their real preferences. In some
questionnaires People came up with stereotyped
responses.
The research in hand concluded by identifying the
Children segment as the Greenest of all segments. It
also stated that Organic food and Green Cosmetics
are going to offer a promising market in the men and
women category respectively. The future researchers
can verify these results in the other Cities
Resembling Pune in India. They can also check the
acceptance of Green Electronics and Automobiles
amongst the Men.
References
Books
Journals
1. Cohen, M. (2001), “The Emergent Environmental
Policy Discourse on Sustainable Consumption”,
E x p l o r i n g S u s t a i n a b l e C o n s u m p t i o n :
Environmental Policy and the Social Sciences,
Cohen, M.J. and Murphy, J. (Ed.), Pergamon,
London, pp. 21-37.
2. Kotler, P. & Keller, K. L. 2009. Marketing
Management. Pearson International Edition. 13th
edition. Pearson Education Inc. Upper Saddle
River.
3. Akehurst G., Afonso C, Gonçalves H. M., (2012)
"Re-examining green purchase behaviour and the
green consumer profile: new evidences",
, Vol. 50 Iss: 5, pp.972 – 988
4. Balderjahn, I. (1988). “Personality variables and
environmental attitudes as predictors of
ecologically responsible consumption patterns”.
, 17 (August), 51-56.
5. Bourgeois, J.C. and Barnes, J.G., 1979. “Viability
and profile of the consumerist segment.”
, Iss. 5, pp. 217-227.
6. Dunlap RE, Catton WR.(1979) “ Environmental
Management Decision
Journal of Business Research
Journal
of Consumer Research
66
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Sociology. 5:243-
273.
7. Grant (2007) as quoted by Sandeen C. (2009), “It's
Not Easy Being Green: Green Marketing and
Environmental Consumerism in Continuing
Higher Education”
Vol. 73, 2009 pp 99
8. Jain, S.K. and Kaur, G. (2006) “Role of Socio-
Demographics in Segmenting and Profiling Green
Consumers: An Exploratory Study of Consumers
in India”.
, 18(3), 107-146.
9. Johri, L.M. (1998) “Green Marketing of
Cosmetics and Toiletries in Thailand.”
, 15(3), 265-281.
10. Luck, Edwina M. and Ginanti, Ayu (2009) quoted
in Green Marketing Communities and blogs:
mapping consumer's attitudes for future
sustainable marketing. , 30 November -
2 December, 2009. Melbourne,Australia pp1
American Review of Sociology
Continuing Higher Education
Review,
Journal of International Consumer
Marketing
Journal of
Consumer Marketing
ANZMAC
11. Polonsky, Michael Jay. 1994b as quoted by
Polonsky, Michael Jay (1994), “An Introduction
to Green Marketing,” ,
1(2), UCLA Library, UC Los Angeles at
http://escholarship.org/uc/item/49n325b7, pp2
12. Reitman, V. (1992) “Green" Product Sales seem to
be Wilting.” , 18 May, B1.
13. Sandeen C. (2009), “It's Not Easy Being Green:
Green Marke t ing and Env i ronmen ta l
Consumerism in Continuing Higher Education”
, Vol. 73,
2009 pp 93-113
14. Ferraro C. (2009) “The Green Consumer,”
,April 2009.
15. Noor N. A. M., Muhammad A. (2012) quoted in,
“Emerging Green Product Buyers in Malaysia:
Their Profiles and Behaviours”,
– June 2012 Rome, Italy
Electronic Green Journal
Wall Street Journal
Continuing Higher Education Review
The
ACRS Thought Leadership Series
Clute Institute
International Conference
Reports and Conference Papers
67
Green Marketing – The Greener Roads Ahead
68
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Finance
Green Marketing – The Greener Roads Ahead
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
70
Abstract
This paper presents an empirical examination of
financial performance and governance of 84 Indian
Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs).
Currently, most CPSEs are 100% owned by
Government and some are listed on the Stock
Exchange. Of this smaller group, there is some
public shareholding, and other CPSEs seem to
acquire block of shares and the Government holds at
least 51% and more typically 85%. The study is
timely at this juncture as plans are formulated by the
Indian Government to sell very substantial block of
shares in these institutions to the public.
The period of study is 2003-2011 which
encompasses the establishment of the Maharatna,
Navratna and Miniratna categories of CPSEs.
Government had nominated these as being of
strategic importance and having the potential to
emerge as global players. Reforms to governance in
CPSEs were introduced in 2005, 2007 & 2009
through clause 49, pay
incentives linked to performance and grant of
autonomy. The efficiency of these reforms is
important in terms of reflecting overall financial
performance.
The issue of financial performance in State sector
enterprises is more pressing as a result of the global
economic downturn since 2007. The potential of
CPSEs to contribute to the reduction in poverty is an
imperative to review raising and a rising living
standards for a large and impoverished portion of the
population. The role of government ownership and
its impact on financial performance is an important
issue, across the Asia-Pacific region where
governments play a significant role in the economic
development.
The financial performance of Indian central public
sector enterprises for the period 2003-2011 is
examined in this paper. The announcement in March
2012 of an intention to sell down the Government's
holding of shares by releasing tranches to the public
increases the importance of considering CPSE
financial performance. The movement toward a
mixed ownership model, as proposed by
Governmen t , i s in pa r t , acco rd ing to
announcements, driven by a need to raise money.
Underperforming enterprises will realise relatively
less money than better performing enterprises and
Key Words: Financial Performance, State Owned
Enterprises, Mixed Ownership Model, Property
Rights Theory.
Introduction
The Risk Adjusted Return on IndianCentral Public Sector Enterprises
Prof. Stuart Locke,
Dr. Geeta Duppati,
Chairman,
Department of Finance, Waikato Management School,Universityof Waikato, New Zealand
Lecturer
Department of Finance, Waikato Management School,Universityof Waikato, New Zealand
71
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersThe Risk Adjusted Return on Indian Central Public Sector Enterprises
The Risk Adjusted Return on Indian Central Public Sector Enterprises
the alternative of grooming them for sale presents
large opportunity costs.
Governments wishing to privatise public sector
enterprises that are underperforming are placed
between a rock and a hard place. Where there have
been prior attempt at reform it is important to
establish whether these gained traction and
materially lifted performance. Promoting CPSEs for
more public shareholding ownership needs to be
transparent and cannot be based upon hidden
subsidies or lucrative contracts with other
Government agencies which are in essence an
inflated transfer price to build an overly stated
bottom line. Maheswari and Ahlstrom , consider a
turnaround case for the Indian State owned
enterprise and it is clear that nearly every component
of management thinking needed to change.
The time series history of financial performance is
important and sudden unexplained spikes in the year
prior to a large public issue of shares is likely to be
viewed by the marketers suspiciously. Within the
CPSE portfolio there are three categories, which are
largely defined according to size, net worth and
turnover. The respective performance of these
subgroups and individual enterprises within each
category is also important. Some components of the
CPSE portfolio may perform relatively better and
this may provide guidance concerning what leads to
superior returns. If the conclusions of Neill &
Rondinelli, (2004, p66) that mixed ownership firms
“do have significantly higher levels of work effort
than State-owned-enterprises” then there is much
that one will need to alter.
The CPSEs play a critical role in the Indian economy
because enormous national resources are locked up
in the public sector enterprises. They influence
growth in the economy and consume significant
resources. The share of gross value addition of
CPSEs (net value addition + depreciation) to Gross
Domestic Product (at current market price) was 5.96
per cent in 2010-11 slightly down on the 6.44 per
cent in 2009-2010
With economic liberalisation post-1991, the sectors
that were the exclusive preserve of CPSEs were
opened to the private sector. The CPSEs increasingly
faced competition from both domestic private sector
companies and large multi-national companies. In
response to the pressures CPSEs were facing by
empowering those perceived as having a
comparative advantage in terms of strategic
importance; turnover, net worth and performance,
with higher levels of autonomy and financial powers
in 2007.
The remainder of the paper is organised as follows:
Section 2 outlines the background of the CPSEs;
Section 3 reviews the extant literature; Section 4
presents the data, and discusses the sample used to
test the hypotheses; Section 5 presents the analysis,
and Section 6 offers discussion, the findings and
finally presents a conclusion for the research.
The CPSEs are governed by the Companies Act,
1956 and regulations of various authorities like
Comptroller and Auditor General of India (C&AG),
Cent ra l Vig i lance Commiss ion (CVC) ,
Administrative Ministries, other nodal Ministries,
etc. The Department of Public Enterprise (DPE) is
the nodal department for all the CPSEs, and
formulates policy pertaining to CPSEs. It lays down
in particular, policy guidelines on performance
improvement and evaluation, autonomy and
financial delegation and personnel management in
CPSEs.
An address by President of India in the Joint
Parliament Budget Session followed by Finance
Minister's Budget Speech in March 2012 clearly
signaled a disinvestment policy for CPSEs. For
2012-13, the Finance Minister proposes to raise
.
Background
72
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Rs.300 billion through disinvestment while
reiterating that at least 51 per cent ownership and
management control will remain with the
Government.
An earlier action plan for disinvestment in profit
making companies was approved on 5 November
2009. It includes:
Already listed profitable CPSEs (not meeting
mandatory shareholding of 10%) are to be made
compliant by 'Offer for Sale' by Government or
by the CPSEs through issue of fresh shares or a
combination of both.
Unlisted CPSEs with no accumulated losses and
having earned net profit in three preceding
consecutive years are to be listed.
Follow-on public offers would be considered
taking into consideration the needs for capital
investment of CPSE, on a case by case basis, and
Government could simultaneously or
independently offer a portion of its equity
shareholding.
The Department of Disinvestment is to identify
CPSEs in consultation with respective
administrative Ministries and submit a proposal
to the Government in cases requiring Offer for
Sale of Government equity.
No largely significant progress in implementing the
2009 intent is apparent and the 2012 announcement
in many respects is a repackaging of the earlier
intentions. For instance, the 2009 disinvestment
policy indicates CPSEs which earn profits for three
consecutive years should be listed on Bombay Stock
Exchange (BSE). The reality is contrary to this
policy.As of 25 Oct, 2012, only 45 CPSEs are listed
on the stock markets, although 120 CPSEs were
making profits for more than three years.
A process of enhancing corporate governance
commenced several years prior to the new
divestment strategy. The introduction of the
th
th
•
•
•
•
Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
Clause 49, (SEBI, Listing Agreement, Clause 49),
a new listing agreement between the stock
exchanges and the listed companies in the year 2000
has been revised a number of times. One notable
provision of Clause 49, as promulgated on 29
March 2005, relates to the
Board of Directors of a
listed company shall have an optimum combination
of executive and non-executive directors with not
less than fifty percent of the Board of Directors
comprising of non-executive Directors. Where the
Chairman of the Board is a non-executive Director,
at least one third of the Board should comprise of
Independent Directors and in the cases where they
are an executive Directors, then at least half of the
Board should comprise of Independent Directors.
Independent Directors are non-executive Directors
who do not have any material or monetary
relationships with the company, are not related to the
promoters or senior managers of the company, were
not executives of the company for preceding three
financial years and are not material suppliers or
substantial shareholders of the company.
The Government took steps to professionalise
CPSEs Boards, introducing Independent Directors,
with no conflicts of interest, to the boards. In
practice, however, the CPSEs face State control and
interference by various agencies of the State in their
commercial functioning. In spite of the autonomy,
the CPSEs have substantial locked-up potential and
it is thought they can give a better returns, if they are
managed professionally .
The power of performance measurement is
underpinned by Osborne and Gaeble who suggest
seven points: (1) What gets measured gets done. (2)
with
Board Composition.
According to Clause 49, the
Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) system
in CPSEs
th
73
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersThe Risk Adjusted Return on Indian Central Public Sector Enterprises
If you don't measure results, you can't tell success
from failure. (3) If you can't see success, you can't
reward it. (4) If you can't reward success, you're
probably rewarding failure. (5) If you can't see
success, you can't learn about it. (6) If you can't
recognise failure, you can't correct it. (7) If you can
demonstrate results, you can win public support.
A process of negotiating a memorandum of
understanding (MoU) between the government and
the management of the enterprise specifying clearly
the objectives of the agreement and the obligations
of both the parties was established in 1986 following
the Arjun Sengupta Committee Report (1984). The
main purpose of the MoU system is to ensure a level
playing field for the public sector enterprises viv-à-
vis the private corporate sector. The management of
the enterprise is, made accountable to the
government through a promise of performance. The
government continues to have control over these
enterprises through setting targets in the beginning
of the year and by 'performance evaluations' at the
end of the year (PSE, 2011).
Performance evaluation is undertaken based on a
comparison of the actual achievements and the
annual targets agreed between the government and
the CPSE. The target constitutes both financial and
non-financial parameters with different weights
assigned to the different parameters. In order to
distinguish 'excellent' from 'poor', performance
during the year is measured on a 5-point scale .
According to Trivedi & Vittal, (1992), the MoU
system will internalize the changing priorities of the
government in a systematic way. In the absence of an
objective method for performance valuation, there is
a danger of extreme reactions which are either
difficult to enforce or justify. Second, the emphasis is
on achieving the 'target' for profit. The signal that is
sought to be conveyed is that any slippage on the
profit front is becoming increasingly unacceptable.
If an enterprise commits a certain level of profit, it
must ensure that it delivers that amount to the nation.
Financial performance has moved to the centre-stage
of MoU and policy. The main issue confronting
policy-makers is to devise ways of internalizing this
policy goal with clear and unambiguous signals
regarding what is expected in terms of financial
performance
The Jagannath Rao Committee's (Second Pay
Revision Committee) recommendations in 2006
recommended, MoU performance evaluation as one
.
Rating 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11
Excellent 46 55 47 73 67
Very Good 37 34 34 31 42
Good 13 15 25 20 24
Fair 06 08 17 20 24
Poor 00 00 01 01 02
Total 102 112 124 145 150
Table 1: Summary of the performance of MoU signing CPSEs (numbers)
74
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
of the basic criteria for Performance Related Pay
(PRP) . The Government accep ted th i s
recommendation and the MoU rating now forms the
basis of PRP. The PRP will be payable at 100%
eligibility levels when the CPSE achieves a MoU
rating of “Excellent”. In respect of “Very Good”,
“Good” and “Fair” MoU ratings, the eligibility
levels for PRP are 80 %, 60% and 40% respectively.
If the MoU performance of a CPSE is rated as 'Poor',
it will not be eligible for PRP irrespective of the
profitability of the CPSE. The benefit of pay revision
is allowed only to the employees of those CPSEs
which are not loss making and are in a position to
absorb the additional expenditure resulting from pay
revision through their own resources without any
budgetary support from the Government.
Challenges to the CPSEs remain in spite of the
reforms. The Aviation sector is a case in point. It is a
cash strapped sector with issues ranging from
increasing debt burden to the cascading effect of
taxes, which are identified as
The planning commission proposed a
projected total outlay for the sector at over Rs.
547.43b for the entire plan period of 2012-17,
including Rs. 329.6367b for Air India and Rs. 175b
for the Airports Authority of India (Hindustan
Times, 2012). Half of the "huge debt burden" of $20b
in 2011-12 was aircraft-related and the rest for
working capital loans and payments to airport
operators and fuel companies.
The measurement of financial performance in public
sector organisations commonly uses a return on
assets (ROA) approach. Reddy, Locke and
Scrimgeour (2011a) indicate that this is a robust
measure and does provide a reliable comparison
with private sector organisations. Their work notes
Review of Literature
key cost drivers and
the aviation turbine fuel (ATF) price accounting for
40 % of the airlines' operating cost (Hindustan
Times, 2012).
that the public sector organisations perform well in
financial terms and suggest the governance
structures which are largely divorced from
government intervention are primary contributing
reasons. Elsewhere, there is at least a popular
conception that the private sector will perform better.
Private enterprise are thought to have fewer
restrictions on behaviour of senior management than
those in SOEs, especially in terms of capacity to
innovate and obtain rewards for innovation . A
similar finding supported by property rights theory
suggests the differences in behaviour of managers in
State sector organisations compared to private
enterprises stems from ownership differences .
Alchian , argues that behaviour under public
ownership is different from that under private
ownership because the costs–rewards system
impinging on the employees and the owners of the
organization are different. He proposes that, under
public ownership the costs of any decision or choice
are less fully thrust upon the selector than under
private property. This line of argument predicts that
state-owned enterprises will perform less efficiently
than privately owned ones.
Politicians and bureaucrats, who are vested with the
job of monitoring on behalf of the larger public,
according to Kornai (1980), are not as good at
monitoring or designing incentive systems as
shareholders in a private company. Another reason
that managers in the public sector lack incentives to
perform is that they do not fear bankruptcy; thanks to
the 'soft budget' constraint, managers in the public
sector can expect to be bailed out by public funds. In
addition it suggested that SOEs are often chronically
unprofitable, at least in part because they are often
charged with objectives such as maximizing
employment and developing backward regions and.
Prior studies found that state-owned firms do not
Inefficiency Due to Multiplicity of Objectives
75
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersThe Risk Adjusted Return on Indian Central Public Sector Enterprises
serve the public interest particularly well (Grossman
& Krueger, 1993) and state-owned firms are
typically extremely inefficient (Boycko et al., 1996`
and . The conclusion of these studies is that generally
the SOEs disregard social objectives and their value
and this combined with SOE inefficiency is
inconsistent with the idea that state ownership adds
value. According to Sheifer and Vishny , public
choice theory complements the property rights
approach and contributes to understanding
inefficiency in the public sector through a focus on
the behaviour of politicians and bureaucrats. Unlike
their counterparts in the private sector, managers in
the public sector lack focus because they are
expected to pursue a variety of objectives, not all of
which are related to financial performance.
This multiplicity of objectives arise from public
sector managers being answerable to different
constituents, such as legislators, civil servants and
ministers, each with their own objectives.
Politicians, who are answerable to constituents such
as labour, may push public sector managers to pursue
objectives, such as increasing employment which in
turn mitigates against profit maximization. Both the
property rights and public choice analyses suggest
that the behaviour and performance of managers will
differ between the public and private sectors because
both the objective functions are different and the
constraints are different. Neither is good
performance incentivised in the public sector nor is
bad performance penalised through takeover or
bankruptcy (Shleifer & Vishny, 1996).
Duppati & Mishra review the role of state level
public enterprises (SLPEs) in India , noting that a
blurred relationships between the general public as
principal owners of the state property and
government leaders as controlling agent exists. For
improvements to occur there is a need for accurate
Accountability and Performance
and timely information from state enterprises and an
appropriate process to monitor on an on-going basis.
Although a difficult exercise SOEs should strive to
achieve benchmark performance with appropriate
peers, domestic or foreign .
The study of Neill & Rondinelli , examines the
impact of ownership differences on the level of
corporate entrepreneurship, human resource
management practices, and worker effort among
state-, mixed- and privately-owned enterprises in
Thailand. The results suggest cautious optimism
about changes in ownership as a potential means for
triggering organisational changes that lead to
increased productivity for threatened economies.
Mixed ownership may be an effective substitute for
private ownership or, alternately, an effective
transitional form of restructuring state enterprises in
preparation for private ownership.
Dewenter and Malatesta (2001) find that public
offerings of stock by state-owned companies are
significantly more under-priced than public
offerings of stock by privately-owned companies,
and the under-pricing in the less developed capital
markets is consistent with various political
objectives of government officials rather than social
welfare maximization.
Risk-taking in SOEs may be punished rather than
rewarded . Risk-taking is an important component of
corporate entrepreneurship and, therefore, given
their advantage in aligning owner and manager
incentives, public enterprises should have higher
levels of corporate entrepreneurship than SOEs.
Richard and March (1992) argue that organizations
tend to evince norms of rationality. It would appear,
then, that the balance between the two forces
depends on the risk profiles of decision makers in
organizations. Risk-averse decision makers would
Impact of Risk and Industry on performance
76
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
avoid destructive behaviour, while risk-neutral or
risk-seeking individuals would be more inclined to
engage in it. Comparing PEs and SOEs with respect
to levels of corporate entrepreneurship, then,
requires estimating the risk profiles of managers in
private firms. Compared to incentives and
environmental influences discussed earlier,
predictions based on risk profiles are more
equivocal.
A study of Reddy, Locke & Scrimgeour (2011b)
investigates the nature of corporate governance
practices in public sector corporate entities in New
Zealand and their effect on financial performance.
Their findings indicate that public sector corporate
entities have universally adopted the New Zealand
Securities Commission recommendations to
establish subcommittees for audit and remuneration
and the results show that leverage has a positive
effect on performance when measured by all
performance measures and that leverage is
statistically significant. The results also show that
the existence of remuneration committee and
dividend pay-out has a positive effect on
performance.
There are 84 CPSES in the sample for the period
2003 to 2011. The Government categorised 88
enterprises as fuelling its requirements in terms of
size, turnover, and net worth to be termed CPSEs of.
Out of these, 4 were dropped because they were not
operating during the part of the study period. The 84
CPSEs are drawn from seven sectors, including
energy, minerals and metals, chemicals and
pharmaceuticals, engineering, Transportation,
Consumer goods & Services, Power sector and
Agro-based sector. As a portfolio the CPSEs are
broadly diversified and taken together should have a
low unsystematic risk.
Data and Sample
The data for the study are drawn from two main
sources. The financial data are obtained from the
database of Department of Public Enterprise,
Ministry of Heavy Industries. Information relating
to the corporate governance variables is drawn from
the Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE)
database. Additional information is obtained from
the annual reports of the CPSEs and other GOIs
published documents as required. DataStream and
Reserve Bank of India reports are also used.
The research method followed is empirical drawing
on financial data available in published sources. The
major concern is with the performance of CPSEs
during the period 2003 through to 2011. The return
on asset (ROA) is chosen as the primary
performance metric. An underlying premise is that
owners should achieve a satisfactory return on
investment reflecting the risk involved or
alternatively expressed the opportunity cost of funds
needs to be covered.
The presence of outliers is screened using Grubbs'
test, which is also called the Extreme studentised
deviate aka ESD method. Normality of distribution
of variables is checked with Jaques-Berra test and
there is no reason not to accept the normality
assumption.
There are no apparent issues relating to the missing
data; the completeness of the databases is
encouraging. Five outliers in the net profits were
identified through the initial screening process.
Verification by cross checking with the financial
statements indicated two encoding errors into the
database. The remaining three values are replaced
with the mid points of the available data for that
particular company over the time period using linear
interpolation method as suggested by Lembcke
(2010).
77
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersThe Risk Adjusted Return on Indian Central Public Sector Enterprises
Analysis
The testable hypothesis id stated as:
The performance of CPSEs over the period 2003-11
can be assessed by reviewing the time series of their
ROAs. The initial proposition is that they remain the
same over time.
H : ROA i = 2003…211, where ROA is for the years
2003-2011. A comparison of the mean/median over
the time period indicates in the broadest sense
whether there has been any general improvement in
ROA.An analysis of variance (ANOVA) or Kruskal-
Wallis (KW) test is appropriate for testing whether
the level of return is the same in each year. The
choice of test depends on whether the samples
distributions are normal in which case ANOVA is
appropriate and otherwise a nonparametric KW test
is better. Both theANOVAand KW test indicates that
ROAis not constant across 9 years.
The relative performance of the three divisions of
CPSEs is of interest. There is the potential for a size
effect within the CPSE portfolio. Fama & French
(1993) suggest that smaller firms are in general more
risky and accordingly will generate higher returns
than the larger firms. Based on turnover, size and
investment, the CPSEs are grouped under three
categories i.e., Maharatna, Navratna and Miniratna.
•
0 i
• ROA
ROA
ROA
Mah
Nav
Min
Where is the mean ROA of Maharatna
CPSE; and
is is the mean ROAof Miniratna CPSE.
A comparison of the mean of ROAs between the
three sub-samples of (1) ROA and ROA
(2) second, ROA and ROA and (3) ROA
and ROA is shown in Table 2. The paired t-
test results show significant difference in the mean of
ROA of Miniratna and Maharatna. The Mean
difference is 0.084 and is significant at 1% level of
significance. Likewise, the paired t-test results show
a significant difference in the mean of ROA of
Miniratna and Navratna. The Mean difference is
0.06652 and is significant at 1% level. When the
mean of ROAis compared between the Navratna and
Maharatna, the results show the mean difference of
0.14676 which is significant at 1% level. It is evident
that the mean of ROA for Miniratna Category is
larger than the other categories. The test-result do not
support acceptance of the null hypothesis at 1% level
of significance. The results, in Table 1, indicate that
Miniratna outperforms Navratna which in turn
outperforms Maharatna supporting the proposition
of the presence of the size effect in CPSEs' returns.
This is consistent with the size effect proposition of
Fama and French (1992).
Miniratna Maharatna;
Navratna Mahratna,
Navratna Miniratna
is the ROA of Navratna CPSE;
Details Mean diff t-values
ROA Miniratna and ROAMaharatna 0.0842457 18.85***
ROA Navratna and ROAMahratna 0.1467615 6.25***
ROA Miniratna and ROA Navratna -0.0665266 12.45***
Table 2 : Paired t-test-comparing mean of CPSEs ROA's over the
three categories and before (2003-2006) and after the reforms (2007-2011)
78
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
A benchmark reflecting the cost of investment is
necessary to ensure that Government is achieving a
return greater than its cost of funds. As an initial
starting point the 5 years Government bond rate (R )
a common proxy for the risk-free rate reflects the
cost of debt. This may be viewed as the minimum
return required by Government for its investment.
The (ROA-R ) figures can be computed across each
period. In essence the Government is using its risk-
free borrowing status to invest in risky ventures. In
cases where the ROA is not greater than R the
Government is necessarily drawing further
resources from the private sector or additional
borrowing to subsidise enterprises that are achieving
returns less than the risk-free rate, which is not a
long-term sustainable position for any government
engaged in managing commercial activities. The
f
f
f
numbers reported in Table 3 indicate that a positive
return above risk-free is achieved by CPSEs.
The inclusion of a risk adjusted benchmark into the
analysis can be based on several approaches. As the
portfolio of CPSEs is broadly diversified a beta not
dissimilar from the market portfolio is appropriate.
The return on the market proxy is the appropriate
benchmark. In the traditional capital asset pricing
model (CAPM) formulation:
The market premium (R -R ) is estimated as 12.79%
. In table 3 the Abnormal Return (AR) computed as
ROA [R + (R – R )] is shown for thOECD years
2003- 2011. An abnormal return of zero would
suggest that CPSEs are achieving a fair risk adjusted
return. The computation ofAR over time will reveal
m f
f m f
Return on Portfolio = Rf + β(Rm - Rf ).
Table 3: CPSEs Mean ROA compared with benchmarking Portfolio
Time Mean ROA Rf ROA - Rf Rm ROA - Rm
2003 7.0 5.33 1.67 18.12 -11.12
2004 10.3 5.56 4.74 18.35 -8.05
2005 12.4 6.59 5.81 19.38 -6.98
2006 14.6 7.32 7.28 20.11 -5.51
2007 14.1 7.82 6.28 20.61 -6.51
2008 15.8 7.92 7.87 20.72 -4.92
2009 13.4 6.62 6.78 19.41 -6.01
2010 12.8 7.51 5.29 20.30 -7.50
2011 12.9 8.32 4.58 21.11 -8.21
79
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersThe Risk Adjusted Return on Indian Central Public Sector Enterprises
the possibility that enhanced management
techniques, better governance, and clearer
instructions from the owners has impacted on the
returns made to Government and value added to the
economy.
In Table 4 the significance level testing for ROA – R
and ROA – R is presented. The mean of ROA of the
CPSEs is above than the cost of debt as measured by
the risk free rate. The difference in the mean is 0.056
which is significant at 1% level. When the mean of
the market premium is compared with the mean
ROA of the CPSEs, the difference is -0.07, which is
significant at 1% level. As the sign is negative this
indicates the performance is poor given the return
that could be achieved elsewhere for the same level
of risk. The test results suggest that the mean ROA
significantly underperformed when compared to the
mean of market returns on BSE 200 and the t-value is
negatively significant. This signals challenges to
CPSEs to operate efficiently in the open market.
f
m
Government introduced potentially significant
governance reforms for CPSEs in 2005. A
reasonable presumption is that when Government
enacts policy changes to enhance governance this in
turn should be reflected in the performance of the
enterprises. While the governance changes were
promulgated in 2005 there may be some time before
these translate into greater ROAs. The analysis does
not look just to the event but rather to comparing a
pre and post reform period considering these sub-
period ROAs.
The paired t-test presented in Table 5 compare the
mean ROA between the before and after CG reforms
period.
The return on the various instruments, over the
period 2003 – 11, is shown in Figure 1. The slowness
of CPSEs recovering from the global financial crisis
is apparent. It is evident from Figure 1 that the stand
alone performance results are positive along the
timeline. A generous interpretation could be that the
CPSEs are performing well and adding value.
Likewise, when their performance is compared with
the risk free, the mean ROAdifference is significant.
This indicates higher performance of the CPSEs. But
The mean increase in ROA after the reforms
is 0.027 or 3% and the t-test statistics are significant
at 5 per cent level. The results indicate the
improvement in the performance following the CG
reforms.
Details Mean diff t-values
5 year GOI Treasury Bond 0.056 9.09**
ROA –Rm -0.07 -11.71**
Table 4: Paired t-test comparing the ROA of the CPSEs with Market Portfolio i.e.,
BSE 200 Index and Market securities rates
Table 5: ROA compared with before and after reforms
Details After Reforms Before Reforms t-test
ROAafter and ROA before 0.1379 0.1116 2.63***
80
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
when the cost of borrowing is deducted (ROA – R )
there remains a positive return. However, when an
adjustment is made for the risk of the portfolio of
CPSEs a significant under performance is evident.
CPSEs performance across the study period has
remained relatively stable in nominal terms. This
suggests a degree of robustness when compared with
the difficulties experienced in many economies
associated with the global financial crisis. The ROAs
are above the cost of debt but are not positive when
compared to a risk adjusted rate of return
benchmark. This is problematic as Government
moves toward a more mixed ownership model.
The opportunity cost of investing funds in
underperforming assets has two key dimensions.
f
Conclusion
First, the Government is not getting the return on
funds it should have received given the riskiness of
the portfolio. This then has implications for what
didn't get funded because of the inefficiencies in the
CPSE sector. Health, education, infrastructure
investments etc could have received very significant
amounts of money if the ROA achieved was
appropriate.
An alternative argument associated with this point is
to say that the Government was using CPSEs to
achieve social policy, and this is just a hidden
subsidy so the Government budget isn't as large. This
suggestion leads to the second way of looking at the
issue. The private sector has contributed the funds to
the CPSEs and continues to do so. If the private
sector had the funds, then a return of 15-20% pa
would have been achieved and Government taxation
receipts would have been higher to subsidise Health,
Figure 1 Comparing ROA with the Benchmark Portfolio Returns
81
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersThe Risk Adjusted Return on Indian Central Public Sector Enterprises
Education, infrastructure etc. Instead a lower ROAis
considered reasonable and senior officials get pay
rises based on MOU standards of good achievement.
There is a very real efficiency loss and an equity or
distributional issue that some may consider
distasteful.
The reforms introduced in 2005 do appear to have
had a positive impact. The impact is small compared
to the achievements in the private sector where the
same general rules of directorship and Board of
Directors apply. The key difference is how the State
sector interprets the wording about independence. A
selection procedure that draws on ex-managers from
public sector departments and enterprises may not be
the best way to reduce the imbalance between
private and public sector performance.
Can the MoU system and the PRP incentives
currently in place be effective control mechanisms,
improving the performance of CPSEs? Evidence
suggests the Alchian (1977) view that behaviour
under public ownership is different from that under
private ownership because the costs–rewards system
impinging on the employees and the owners of the
organization are different if observed. This line of
argument predicts that state-owned enterprises will
perform less efficiently than privately owned ones.
The findings are consistent with Jensen and
Meckling (1976) who propose that agency problems
are more acute under public ownership and
management. The idea that CPSE managers will
perform only if they are monitored and incentivized
is reflected in the MOU concept. However, the
analysis would indicate that the impact is not
satisfactory. Potentially, the issue is spread broadly
across the State sector and there is no incentive to set
stretch budgets for CPSE performance or anywhere
else. If there is a general systemic failure then
movement to a more mixed ownership model with a
prohibition on State sector enterprises having cross
shareholdings will lead to improvements in salary
levels and performance. The entrenchment comes at
a cost of up to 10% ROAeach year.
The findings are also in line with Sheifer & Vishny,
(1992) reflecting the multi-oversight bodies,
suggesting too many cooks spoil the broth. In India,
the CPSEs are governed by the Companies Act 1956
and regulations of various authorities like
Comptroller and Auditor General of India (C&AG),
Cent ra l Vig i lance Commiss ion (CVC) ,
Administrative Ministries, other nodal Ministries,
etc. Trivedi (1994) rightly observes that one of the
reasons for the poor performance of the Indian
CPSEs is that there are multiple principals with
multiple goals. For instance, Secretaries to the
Government of India have to answer to a number of
agencies and institutions of the State. In addition to
the Parliamentary committees such as the Public
Accounts Committee, newly created Standing
Committees and Parliamentary procedures such as
questions, motions and debates place pressure on
CPSEs. Senior Government officials have to deal
with the Comptroller and Auditor General, enquiry
committees and commissions, Prime Minister's
office and the Cabinet Secretariat. Each of the above
agencies considers it to be its duty to hold
government off ic ia ls responsible . Such
arrangements are not readily reconciled with the idea
of creating autonomous CPSE that are charged with
performance and have a Board which is held
responsible. The need for multiple players to have a
say comes at a very real economic cost.
Further research is required into what will happen
under a mixed ownership model where Government
owns only a little over 50% of the shares. Can the
current CPSEs be groomed to a point where they are
attractive investments for the public and can
generate returns that will ensure when tranches of
shares are sold down they will achieve a price that
reflects a sustainable economic return.
82
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
References
• Alchian, A. (1977). Some economics of property
rights. Economic Forces at Work, Liberty Press,
Indianapolis, pp. 49-127.
Alchian, A. A., & Demsetz, H. (1973). The property
rights paradigm. Journal of Economic History, 16-
27.
Ben-Ner, A., Montias, J., & Neuberger, A. (1993).
Basic issues in organizations: A comparative
perspective. Journal of Comparative Economics 17:
207 242.
Boycko, M., Shleifer, A., & Vishny, R. W. (1996). A
theory of privatization. Economic Journal, 106,
309 319.
Department of Public Enterprises, (2006). Report of
2nd Pay Revision Committee for Executives of
CPSEs, New Delhi.
Dewenter, K. L., & Malatesta, P. H. (2001). State
owned and privately-owned firms: An empirical
analysis of profitability, leverage, adn labor
intensity. American Economic Review, 91(1), 320-
334.
Downs, A. (1967), Inside Bureaucracy, Little,
Brown and Company: Boston, 1967.
Duppati, G., & Mishra, R. K. (2007). Implications
of the Property Rights Theory in the Post-
Privatisation Period – A case of the Selected
Enterprises in the State of Andhra Pradesh, India,
Journal of Institute of Public Enterprise, Vol.30,
Hyderabad, India.
Fama, E., & French, K. (1992). The cross-section of
expected stock returns. Journal of Finance, 47(427-
465).
Grossman, G. , & Krueger, A. (1993) .
Environmental impact of a North-American free
trade agreement. In: Garber, P. (Ed.), The U.S. –
Mexico Free Trade Agreement. M.I.T. Press,
Cambridge, MA.
Hindustan Times. (2012). Indian airline industry
expected to suffer huge debt burden. Aviation. New
Delhi, Wed, Oct 24, 2012.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Jensen, C. M., & Meckling, W. H. (1976). Theory of
Firm, Managerial Behavior, Agency Costs and
Ownership Structure. Journal of Financial
Economics, 3, 305-360.
Kornai, J. (1980). The Economics of Shortage.
Amsterdam: North Holland Press, Volume A, p.27;
Volume B, p.196 .A& B,A- 27 & B - 196.
Lembcke, A. C. (2010). Introduction to Stata,
London School of Economics, London (Lecture
notes).
Maheshwari, S. K., & Ahlstrom, D. (2004). Turning
Around a State Owned Enterprise: The Case of
Scooters India Limited. Asia Pacific Journal of
Management, 21, 75-101.
Moharty, P (2010), Estimating the Market Risk
Premium in India, downloaded Nov 1, 2012 from
http://sites.google.com/a/xlri.ac.in/profmohanty/un
derstandingvaluation/estimating
Neill, H. O., & Rondinelli, D. A. (2004). Ownership
and its Impact on Coping with Financial Crisis:
Differences in State-,Mixed-, and Privately-Owned
Enterprises in Thailand. Asia Pacific Journal of
Management, 21, 49-74.
OECD. (2005). OECD Guidelines on Corporate
Governance of State-Owned Enterprises, ISBN 92-
64-00942-6 – © OECD 2005, Paris.
Osborne, D., & Gaeble, T. (1992). Reinventing
Government: How the Entrepreneurial Spirit Is
Transforming the Public Sector, Addison-Wesley
Publishing Company.
PSE, (2010-11). Performance Overview 2010-2011,
Department of Public Enterprise, New Delhi.
Rath, A. K. (2008). Towards better Corporate
Governance Contributions of Independent
Directors to Board FUnctions in Navratna PSUs.
Doctor of Philosophy, KIIT University,
Bhubaneswar.
Reddy, K., Locke, S.M., & Scrimgeour, F. G.
(2011a). Governance practices in public sector
corporate entities and their performance: An
empirical investigation. An International Journal of
83
The Risk Adjusted Return on Indian Central Public Sector Enterprises
Policy, Administration and Institutions, 24 (3), 517-
556.
Reddy, K., Locke, S., & Scrimgeour, F. (2011b).
Improving Performance in New Zealand's Public
Corporations: The Effect of Governance Practices.
Governance: An International Journal of Policy,
Administration, and Institutions, 24(3), 517-556.
Richard, C., & March, J. G. (Eds.). (1992). The
Behavioral Theory of the Firm (2nd ed.): Blackwell
Publishers.
Securities Exchange Board of India, (2005).
ListingAgreement, Mumbai.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sengupta, A. G. (1984). Report of the Committee to
Review Policy for Public Enterprises, Government
of India, New Delhi.
Shleifer, A., & Vishny, R. (1996). A Theory of
Privatisation. Economic Journal, 106, 309-319.
Trivedi, P., & Vittal, M. P. (1992). Menu of Financial
Indicators used in MOUs: An exercise in
clarification. Economic and Political Weekly,
27(22), M59-M62.
World Bank. (1995). Bureaucrats in Business.
Washington, DC.
84
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Human Resources
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
86
Abstract
Keywords: Economic Slowdown, Employee –
Employer relationship and their Behaviour.
This is an elaborate study on the effects of Economic
Slowdown on the management and employees.
During economic slowdown, managements
generally go for sudden retrenchments, cuts on
various incentives/perks, increase in workload etc to
set a balance between output and cost. The fear of
losing the job anytime leading to piling up of stress is
a common feature amongst the employees. It is thus
imperative to understand the behaviour of
management and employees so as to find out ways
and means to handle such situations. Due to intense
pressure and stress during slowdown the employee-
employer relationship also gets affected, it may
result in major layoffs further leading to fear among
the employees. These aggressive cost cutting
measures might lead to high absenteeism, low
turnover, less job involvement and hence the low
productivity.
The research paper is based on extensive primary
data collected through questionnaires. The
secondary data through articles, journals, books,
reports and discussion papers have also been duly
referred to.
1.1 Introduction
The Great Recession also known as Long Recession,
the Lesser Depression, the Global Recession of 2009
or global economic decline of 2009 began in
December 2007. The recession emerged majorly in
September 2008. The global recession is classified
into two phases, the active phase and the passive
phase. The liquidity crisis where there is a negative
financial situation which occurs due to the lack of
cash flow is marked as an active phase of the global
recession which occurred on August 7, 2007. This
happened when the BNP Paribas terminated
withdrawals from three hedge funds citing "a
complete evaporation of liquidity.
In 2006, there was a massive effect on the financial
institutions globally leading to cascading effects
over series of events. The cause of this damage was
the bursting of the United States hosing bubble
(economic bubble) which happened due to the drop
in price of the Case-Shiller home price index on
December 30, 2008. It further crashed the values of
securities tied to United States real estate pricing.
This credit crisis resulted to the global economic
recession affecting and causing detriment to the
economic world from the period 2007 to 2009. By
mid-2008, the recession after hitting the U.S.
Effects of Economic Slowdown on Employee-Employer Relationship & Work Environment
Dr. Surya Rashmi Rawat, Geeta Vijay, Pratik Patnaik(Symbiosis International University, Symbiosis Law College, Pune)
87
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEffects of Economic Slowdown on Employee-Employer Relationship & Work Environment
Effects of Economic Slowdown on Employee-Employer Relationship & Work Environment
economy spread over to many important countries in
the European Union and Japan.
The recession had a major impact on the business
world throughout the globe. Many companies
including private and the multinationals situated in
different countries had to face the detriment of firing
and resigning of employees working in their
company and changes in the management process
and decisions. The employees had many factors to
consider alternatives for their job and career growth.
The recession had major impact not only on the
financial functioning of the company but also on the
other aspects of the companies. This aspect can be
broadly classified on those who are the reasons
behind the working of the company, the management
and the employees.
This paper makes an attempt to study the impact of
economic slowdown on the employee - employer
relationship and their behaviour.
The Asian Continent is experiencing serious
consequences of this crisis due to “ ”.
The countries who have their markets primarily
outside their national boundaries or which are
depended on exports suffered the most.
Countries with higher reliance on the sell abroad
markets are expected to be affected more than other
markets with stronger internal or domestic demands.
India is one of the world's fastest-growing tech
markets, thriving mainly on exports and thus is
bound to experience the shudders of global monetary
catastrophe. IT spending as a percentage of revenue
normally varies from 3.5% in manufacturing
companies, 5-6% in global retail chains to about
9.5% in the banking industry. These could see
marginal decline as companies will tend to hold
spends on new IT deployments.
2. Literature Review
2.1 Impact of slowdown on IT sector
Domino Effect
A recent study by Forrester reveals that 43% of
Western companies are cutting back their IT spend
and nearly 30% are scrutinizing IT projects for better
returns. The slowing U.S. economy has seen 70% of
firms negotiating lower rates with suppliers and
nearly 60% cutting back on contractors. With
budgets squeezed, just over 40% of companies plan
to increase their use of offshore vendors. The IT
services and outsourcing market is currently
undergoing a structural transformation that will have
a profound impact on the IT business.
Clientele have started to decrease project scale and /
or delay new expansion. They are also trying to
move the business to cheaper offsite pastures for cost
cutting; some of the south-east Asian countries are
cheaper than even India. The impact is likely to be
higher for discretionary outsourcing expenditures
rather than for critical, on-going Application
Development and Maintenance (ADM) services.
Indian IT companies which are resolute on more
vital ADM services contracts of outsourcing of long
term could demonstrate more stable income.
Furthermore though optional expenditures are
reduced but projects which have been undertaken
already will continue especially those in advance
stages. Fitch expects IT companies to report
marginally positive revenue growth (in dollar terms)
over 2009. With decisions on IT budgets being
deferred and sales cycles having elongated from 3-6
months to 6-9 months, companies are seeing a
significant drop in client additions. Moreover, the
number of targeted large deals has more or less dried
up. According to TPI, mega deals have fallen to
levels lower than those seen in 2001.
Bryan Finn, founding partner at consultancy
Business Economics, says: "What happened in
September made a short, sharp recession much less
likely."
2.2. Effect of Economic Slowdown on Employer-
Employee Relationship:
88
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
This is prone to incline the equilibrium of the
psychological contract in favour of employers. Mark
Eaton, director at Personal Group, says: "For the past
10 years this has been steadily moving in employees'
favour, to the point where potential employees were
effectively interviewing employers for jobs. I think
the pendulum will now swing back."
In tough economic times, employees are more
concerned about job security than career growth
hence are not keen on switching jobs. Staffs are also
more interested in the long-term viability of their
employers, says Uzair Bawany, group managing
director at Contact Recruitment, which serves the
finance sector. "Candidates want to know about the
strength of companies and whether they will be the
next to go under. These are questions we have never
heard before," he says.
Paying high pay packs is not enough, instead,
employers need to revise the way they regard staff.
"If they see employees as a cost rather than an asset,
they will be preoccupied with trying to get that cost
down," says Barwick.
The dilemma is that many employers are under
demands to cut costs, so even if they are not looking
at direct layoffs, they are at least looking at cutting
other bites and perks and other benefits that are
generally bestowed on employees.
One way of employers making savings is to consider
the use of tax-efficient benefits offered through
salary sacrifice arrangements. This can produce tax
savings for employees as well as savings on national
insurance contributions for both employee and
employer.
Employers will also be keeping a tighter restraint on
salaries. Staff, however, does not always look fondly
on perceived controls in this area. In the public
sector, there is already a large ballyhoo regarding
government's decision on cost cutting. Hannah
2.3. Reducing Costs
Reed, a senior employment rights officer at the
Trades Union Congress, says: "At this stage,
employees and unions are saying to employers that
they need to be realistic in terms of pay increases,
which should reflect increased living costs."
The economic situation could also influence the
beneficial provisions such as Pension. Mark Groom,
director for HR and tax services at Price water house
Coopers, warns the decline could slap any defined
benefit pension schemes still operative. Exact
figures difference according to the accounting
method used, deficit does not yet appear to have
grown significantly, although in the long term it may.
On the other side of the coin, Bawany has seen many
employees wanting to take control of their own
pensions to reduce the possibility of losing their
investments along with their jobs. "Employees want
portable pensions and some people are putting these
with fund managers," he explains.
Many employers are also considering creating
business reward according to business performance.
Ben Wells, head of managing change and
engagement at Buck Consultants, says: "Variable
pay gives employers the ability to control cost and
pay out reward when they can afford it. Something
we saw happening with two or three clients even
before the downturn, is offering pension
contributions based on performance. It can even be
extended to things such as the flexible benefits
allowance. In this way, employers can engineer
reward packages targeted at appreciating key
performers."
However, there is a danger in cutting back the
benefits budget too far. Paul Roberts, a healthcare
consultant at IHC, is concerned by the ongoing
course of employers to cut more and more on
medical expenses bill through because it will result
into cost-plus contracts which require employers to
2.4. Taking Control
89
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEffects of Economic Slowdown on Employee-Employer Relationship & Work Environment
assume the risk for claims incurred for a set period.
Insurers levy an administration charge for handling
these claims.
Ironically, given the poor performance of stock
markets in the past few months, this may the time
ripe to encourage staff to invest in all-employee
share schemes, because shares are of better value but
also to promote a culture where everyone works to
improve organisational show.
Conversely, organisations that support their
employees for their development and treat them well
will stand by the organization better during difficult
times. Michael Wellin, director of consultancy
Business Transformation and author of Managing
the psychological contract, says: "Employees will
think, 'this is a really good place to work'."
This applies even if redundancies are made, so long
as any decisions are considered fair and employers
maintain a constant dialogue with staff. Ceri
Roderick, head of assessment at business
psychologists Pearn Kandola, says: "Tell people
what is going on and give them as much transparency
as possible.”
1. To study the employee - employer relationship
during economic slowdown.
2. To find out factors causing a behavioural change
in the employee - employer relationship.
3. To study the impact of economic slowdown on
organisations.
The research is based on primary data collected from
a sample of 60 people from the area of Senapati
Bapat Road, Aundh, University Road and Kalyani
Nagar of Pune city.
Data was collected through questionnaire and in
3. Research Methodology
3.1 Research Objective
3.2 Research Method
depth interview of the sample belonging to income
groups ranging from 3 to 12 Lakh and age group
ranging from 15 to 45 years. Secondary data in the
form of articles published in books, journals,
magazines, research papers, newspapers and reports
was also referred.
The data has been collected from two categories of
people in the organisation i.e., the management class
and the employee class of different IT (information
technology) companies in Pune area. The sample
size was adequately represented by both the
categories. Multiple choice and close-ended
questions were used for collecting the responses. 5
point Likert scale was also adopted to measure the
intensity of both categories towards certain factors
constituting the work environment.
Pr imary data has been analysed using
method of
statistical analysis. There were two types of
questionnaires, one for the employers/management
and the other one for employees. The analysis of
responses so collected helped us gain an insight into
their behaviour changes during economic
slowdown. The data so collected has been
represented in the following graphs, pie charts and
percentage tables.
The employers and the people working at
managerial levels were given the questionnaire -I.
Their responses gave us the idea of how do they deal
with their employees and what are the different
employment techniques adopted by them during
economic slowdown. Following are the graphs, pie
charts and percentage tables prepared on the basis of
primary data.
The sample comprised of 23% of females and 77%
of males showing that the strength of male managers
4. Findings, DataAnalysis and Interpretation
DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS
4.1 Employer's/Management'sAttitude
90
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
is significantly higher to that of female ones. The age
group of people at managerial level was mainly
observed to be ranging from 36 to 45 years with
income mainly in the bracket of +12 lakh annual
package.
Figure 1 clearly reveals that the majority of
management people said a clear 'NO' to
retrenchment benefits given to the employees facing
retrenchments. The pie chart indicates that despite
majority of the management saying 'No' to the
retrenchment benefits, there are many managers
who believe that there 'May Be' certain retrenchment
benefits given to the employees facing the layoff.
4.1.1 Layoff – Retrenchment benefits
4.1.2 Cuts on Various Incentives or Perks
4.1.3 Increase in Expectations of Output from the
Employees
Simple Percentage Table-3
It is evident from the pie chart above that the
majority of management does impose cuts on
various incentives or perks during economic
slowdown. However, there are few management
people who may or may not impose cuts on various
incentives or perks. They are in the 'May Be'
category. There are fewer still that do not impose any
cuts on various incentives or perks whatsoever.
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 7 23.33
No 13 43.33
May be 11 36.66
Total 30 100
Simple Percentage Table-1
Figure 1
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 13 43.33
No 8 26.66
May be 9 30
Total 30 100
Simple Percentage Table-2
Figure 2
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 11 36.66
No 10 33.33
May be 9 30
Total 30 100
91
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEffects of Economic Slowdown on Employee-Employer Relationship & Work Environment
Maximum number of the management expects
extraordinary increase in output from the employees
during economic slowdown. However there are
many who do not expect any increase in output from
the employees and there are other few who may or
may not expect an increase in output from the
employees during economic slowdown.
4.1.4 Effect on Post Recruitment Trainings and
Other Employee Grooming Programmes
Simple Percentage Table-4
According to the data depicted above it is essentially
clear that the post recruitment training and other
employee grooming programmes get affected during
economic slowdown.
Figure 5 has been arrived at on the basis of 5 point
Likert scale with 1 representing the least preference
and 5 showing the maximum preference towards the
act which according to management people is the
best way to handle the retrenchment issue. Figure 5
reveals that according to the majority the best way to
handle a retrenchment issue varies from
circumstances to circumstances, it's difficult to come
up with set formulae. Adequate notice period along
with adequate monetary compensation to the
retrenching employee surfaced as the second best
option by the sample.
4.1.5. Best Procedure for Retrenchment
4.1.6 EconomicalAlternatives
Simple Percentage Table-5
Figure 3
Figure 4
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 17 56.66
No 7 23.33
May be 6 20
Total 30 100
Figure 4
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 5 16.66
No 14 46.66
May be 11 36.66
92
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Evidently, majority of the management does not look
out for economical alternatives during economic
slowdown. However, there are some who may or
may not look out for economical alternatives. Only a
handful of the management feels the need to look out
for economical alternatives such as outsourcing.
According to Figure 6, Answering to the question on
their perception about the impact of slow down over
internal environment the management/ employer
felt that the working environment suffered the most
due to deterioration of employee – employer
4.1.7 Effect on the Internal Work Environment
relationship. Even the management - employee trust
& faith over each other got affected significantly.
The lower level employees were also given the
employee questionnaire. The responses given by
them helped us understand the way the management
deals with their employees and various employment
techniques during economic slowdown and the
employee's behaviour towards the management.
Following are the graphs, pie charts and percentage
tables prepared on the basis of the data collected.
From the survey analysis it was observed that the
number of male employee is significantly higher
than the female. The age group of the people at
employee level majorly hovers around 15-26. The
people at the employee level vary in the distribution
of income. However, most of them fall in the 3-5 lakh
income groups. The survey was conducted in the
private sector i.e. the IT sector.
4.2 Employee'sAttitude
Figure 5
Figure 6
93
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEffects of Economic Slowdown on Employee-Employer Relationship & Work Environment
4.2.1 Effect of Economic Slowdown on Salaries
Simple Percentage Table-1
4.2.2 Fear of Being Fired
Simple Percentage Table-2
It is evident from the figure 8 that there is no effect on
the salaries of the employees during this period.
However, there are a small percentage of employees
who believe that there is an effect of salaries cut
down during the economic slowdown. It was noted
that 7 % of the employees felt that the cut down on
salaries were 10% or less, while 10 % felt that the cut
down was between 11 to 30 %.
According to the data depicted above, it is evident
that the percentage of employees believing this
aspect between 'Yes' or 'No' is the same followed by
may be. This clearly shows that there may or may not
be fear among employees of being fired from the job
during this situation.
4.2.3 Other Job Opportunities
Simple Percentage Table-3
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 5 16.66
No 25 83.33
Total 30 100
Figure 7
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 13 43.33
No 13 43.33
May be 4 13.33
Total 30 100
Figure 8
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 9 30
No 11 56.66
May be 4 13.33
Total 30 100
Figure 9
94
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Figure 10 represents that majority of the employees
do not give preference to look out for other job
opportunities during this period. A considerable
number of employees have shown their concern on
other job opportunities by way of 'Yes' or 'May Be'.
According to Figure 11, it was found that majority of
the employees experience an increase in work load
during this situation. Very few percentages of
employees do not experience this change.
4.2.4 Increase in Work Load
Simple Percentage Table-4
4.2.5 Support of Management
The results for the above mentioned graph has been
arrived on the basis of 5 point Likert scale with 1
being the lowest and 5 being the highest. It was
observed that close to 70 % of the employees
experienced support from the management.
From the above pie chart it is clear that economic
slowdown does affect the career growth of
employees to a large extent. There are though few in
numbers who do no experience any such downfall.
4.2.6 Effect on Career Growth
Simple Percentage Table-5
4.2.7 Effect on Employee to Employee
Relationship
Simple Percentage Table-6
Attribute Scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 20 66.66
No 10 33.33
Total 30 100
Figure 10
Figure 12
Figure 11
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 20 66.66
No 10 33.33
Total 30 100
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 14 46.66
No 15 50
May be 1 3.33
Total 30 100
95
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEffects of Economic Slowdown on Employee-Employer Relationship & Work Environment
From the above data, it can be deduced that there is a
very minor difference between employees who
believe that economic slowdown does affect
employee to employee relationship from those who
do not. The third aspect of 'May Be' is clearly very
low on this aspect.
4.2.8 Measures taken during economic slowdown
The results for the above mentioned graph has been
arrived on the basis of 5 point 'Likert Scale' with 1
being the lowest and 5 being the highest. For every
measure, a scale of 1 to 5 was drawn and the people
from the employee level were asked to rate what
measures they took during this period. It was
observed that the employees preferred the increase
in level of efficiency followed by extra working
hours. Employees developed competitive attitude
with each other and also tried to maintain a good
rapport with the management.
4.2.9 Resignation due to increased Work Load
Simple Percentage Table-1
Figure 12
Figure 13
Attribute scale Frequency Percentage
Yes 2 6.66
No 22 73.33
May be 6 20
Total 30 100
96
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
From the data available, it was found that majority of
the employees do not consider resignation as an
alternative due to increase in work load during
economic slowdown. However, 7 % did consider it
as an option.
The results for the above mentioned graph has been
arrived at on the basis of 5 point Likert scale with 1
being the lowest and 5 being the highest. For each
factor a scale of 1 to 5 was drawn and the employees
were asked to rate the internal work environment.
From the above graph it can be deduced that
economic slowdown affects the management to
employee relationship the most. Chain of command
and delegation of authority stands equal on this
4.2.10 Effect on Internal Work Environment
aspect followed by employee to employee
relationship which is affected the least according to
the employees during economic slowdown.
The Proportion of male employee as well as
employer was higher than the females in each of the
categories. The strength of male employers was
76.66% where as that of employees was 66.66%
respectively. Females in both the categories were
23.33% and 33.33% respectively. It was observed
that 43.33% of the management/ employers did not
vote for retrenchment benefits to the employees. The
analysis and interpretation of the data revealed that
the economic slowdown led to heavy cost cutting
over the incentives and perks. Due to economic
pressure the employers also wanted to extract high
returns through minimum input and hence
increasing the workloads of the employees.
It was observed that the post recruitment training and
other employee grooming & development
programmes also suffered during economic
slowdown. However, it has come to the notice that
organisations do look at outsourcing as an
alternative to cost cutting. The survey conducted in
the city of Pune revealed that employers were in a
spree to cut down cost but the salaries of their ace
employees were not affected at all. However, the
Figure 14
Figure 15
97
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEffects of Economic Slowdown on Employee-Employer Relationship & Work Environment
threat of losing job always was always perceived as a
major challenge by every employee.
Despite the constant fear of being fired, surprisingly
the survey revealed that no one was very keen to look
out for new job opportunities rather they said that
they have started saving the money by cutting down
their unnecessary expenditures to safe guard their
future. The fear that every organisation is going to
meet with the same fate may be the reason for this
attitude. Where on one hand the economic slowdown
led to increased work load for every employee on the
other hand the career growth of employees did not
grow proportionately. This indirect proportional
relationship between the performance and the
promotion directly influenced the “employee-
employer” and the “employee- employee
relationship”. In fact this run for survival of the
fittest led people to consider their team members
more as rivals than their co-workers, thus defeating
the basic spirit of camaraderie and the synergistic
effect. The data indicates that the support and
motivation of the management during economic
slowdown towards the employees continued to be
high.
Survey revealed that employer's while going for cost
cutting kept employee's concern as the first priority.
They offered adequate notice period to the
employees before making them quit the job. The
study also revealed that there was as such no fix rule
regarding handling of retrenchment. Depending
upon the circumstances, the employer either chose to
offer the adequate monetary compensation or
allowed a notice period.
The internal environment of an organisation
4.3 Discussion
4.3.1 Economic Slowdown and the Management/
Employer's behaviour
4.3.2 Internal Environment
constituted by its employees and employers and their
respective relationships got seriously affected. It
was not just the employee- employer relationship but
the employee- employee relationship too that was
influenced by the economic slowdown.
As revealed by the survey, the employees do not
perceive changing job as a good option, they rather
prefer to strengthen their position in their respective
jobs by adopting measures such as improving level
of efficiency and putting extra working hours. This
attitude is in fact their way of responding to the
competition from fellow men and maintaining a
good rapport with the management.
Cordial employee-employer relationship is an
essential ingredient bringing prosperity in the
organisation. Mutual trust, positive motivation and
every able support from either side play a vital role in
it. The external environmental factors like recession
or slowdown can simply shatter the harmonious
internal environment. People start eyeing fellow
man as a rival than as a support.
The survey finally concludes that transparency,
notifying targets in advance and giving legitimate
time to achieve goals are important ways to handle
pressure in such circumstances. There are no general
salary cuts as such but extra perks and incentives are
compromised to accommodate cost effectiveness.
Generally the employees, according to the survey are
very well treated but no fresh recruitments take
place. The employee and customer centric business
is the major reason for this trend.
We arrived at the following recommendations on the
basis of interpretation of data collected.
4.3.3 Employee's Behaviour
5.1 Conclusion
6.1 Recommendations
98
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
1. Dignified retrenchment benefits should be
offered to the employees laid off, since it is
difficult to find alternative job during economic
slowdown.
2. Cutting down salary is also not recommended as
it might demotivate the employee morale. To
handle the cost burden slashing of additional
benefits and not the salary could be an option. For
better and effective output in service and winning
employee loyalty, the management should make
sure that there is an environment of stability so
that they have no fear of removal from the job and
thus could give their 100 per cent.
3. The management should not over burden the
employees with higher work expectations as it
might lead to stress and affect the employee
morale & dedication towards the work and
organization. A healthy work environment could
be a better answer to deal with it as it strengthens
the bond between employees - employer
relationships.
4. Post recruitment trainings and employee
grooming programmes are very essential not only
for the employee but also for the organization; as
such trainings help the employees to deliver
better service to the organization through their
refined skills in an effective manner.
5. Support and motivation play an important role
during economic meltdown to keep things rolling
in the worst of circumstances. We observed that
the management was very supportive during
economic meltdown but motivation was
relatively lacking, hence providing an
environment of motivation is very essential at all
levels of work. The employers should concentrate
more on positive motivators (Herzberg's
motivators) than on the Herzberg's hygiene
factors.
6. The economic slowdown is bound to affect the
employee –employee as well as the employee-
employer relationship. It's very important to
develop the feeling of trust and faith over each
other, so that the members look at each other as
support systems rather than competitors leading
to synergistic output than the much abused
lopsided productivity.
It was limited to a small, convenience sample size.
The use of a larger sample and a longitudinal rather
than a cross-sectional design would strengthen the
further studies. It was limited to IT (information
technology) sector and therefore, many companies
had policies of not filling such questionnaires. Some
employees hesitated to give the actual situation as
they feared that management might take an action
against them. Results were based on observation
over the study period, which may vary over different
periods of time. The approach towards the
management and employees became difficult as the
questions were confidential.
Since, there has not been much of research work
done in this area; this research paper will help gain an
insight on this aspect of economic slowdown.
Limitations and Future Scope
Bibliography
Journals
Reports and Discussion Papers
1. DeloitteTouche Tohmatsu India Private Limited,
(April 2009).
2. Electronic International Interdisipinary Research
Journal (EIIRJ) {Bi-Monthly}, ISSN 2277-2456,
Volume-I, Issue-III
3. SherVerick, Iyanatul Islam, The Great Recession of
2008-2009: Causes, Consequences and Policy
Response, IZADiscussion Paper No. 4934
Global economic slowdown and its impact on the
Indian IT industry,
99
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEffects of Economic Slowdown on Employee-Employer Relationship & Work Environment
Articles
Websites
4. Larry Elliott, The Guardian
(August 5, 2012).
5. Larry Elliott, The Guardian. Retrieved.
(August 6, 2012) http://www.employeebenefits.
co.uk,Dt. 18 January, 2013
6.
,
http://www.worldsweeper.com.http://www.2007.br
igaderoad.com/Citylife/CityNewsView.asp?NewsT
ype=yrwothvnom&newsid=1164
7. http://www.employeebenefits.co.uk/resource-
centre/analysis/impact-of-economic-downturn-on-
"Three myths that
sustain the economic crisis”
"Five years
ago the banks stopped lending to each other."
Gregory P. Smith, Leading Your Workforce During
an Economic Crisis (February 17,2013),
th
psychological-contract-between-employer-and-
employee/7912.article
8. http://www.bluefingroup.co.uk/docs/Salary%20
sacrifice%20-%20Your%202011-12% 20guide.pdf
9. http://www.employeebenefits.co.uk/resource-
centre/analysis/impact-of-economic-downturn-on-
psychological-contract-between-employer-and-
employee/7912.article
10. http://www.employeebenefits.co.uk/resource-
centre/analysis/impact-of-economic-downturn-on-
psychological-contract-between-employer-and-
employee/7912.article
11. https://www.ashgate.com/pdf/SamplePages/
Managing_the_Psychological_Contract_Ch2.pdf
100
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Abstract
Key words
1.1 Introduction
In the past few decades suddenly the significance of
the word stress and its management has gained a lot
of attention all over the globe. Globalization,
industrialization, changing demography etc are
some of the reasons adding to it. The changes in the
environmental factors are gradually adding to stress
in various forms such as increased work load.All this
calls for an efficient stress management system.
The objective of the present research paper is to find
out ways to efficiently resolve stress arising out of
increased workload in an organization, at the
individual and the organizational level. The
conclusion is drawn on the basis of analysis and
interpretation of data collected through
questionnaire survey and in-depth interview of the
professionals working in Pune city. The end of the
paper talks about certain recommendations to
manage stress.
Stressors, Work-Environment, Work-Stress, Stress
Burnout, Stress Management
Stress in a layman's language is considered to be
negative pressure. It is considered to be caused due
to something bad e.g. boss giving formal reprimand
to employee for poor performance. In reality the
positive incidents may also lead to stress e.g. moving
to a new location on promotion. The first form of
stress is called as distress the latter form is eustress
( There are numerous
definitions describing job stress; however the best
definition of stress as given by Richard S. Lazarus
says, “Stress is a condition or feeling experienced
when a person perceives that demands exceed the
personal and social resources the individual is able to
mobilize” ( ).
According to medical science stress is defined as
“Organism's total response to environmental
demands or pressures”. Stress results from
interactions between people and their environment
that are perceived as those that exceed their adaptive
capacities and threaten their well-being. Over the
past several decades United States, Sweden, UK, and
Germany have identified a number of work related
psychological risks over and above, the traditional
occupational health risk . The element of perception
indicates that human stress responses reflect
differences in personality as well as differences in
physical strength or general strength. In the present
study we are only concerned with work stress and its
impact over human beings.
It is very common to hear from professionals as to
how stressed out they are from their work. Employee
stress is a serious problem today before every
employer and employee. The increased competition
due to globalization seems to have direct impact over
the workload of companies. Stress is in most cases
Fred Luthans, 2005).
Robins P. Stephen, et.al, 2012
Managing Stress through Changing Lifestyle
Prof Surya Rashmi Rawat, Ajay Singh,Cherry Gupta, Prakash Verma(Symbiosis International University
Symbiosis Law School, Pune)
101
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersManaging Stress through Changing Lifestyle
directly proportional to work. This increasing stress
not only influences individual performance but it
also affects the functioning of an organization. An
effective model of organization behaviour along
with several activities is required for a particular
company in order to efficiently rule out the various
problems associated with stress.
discussed the impact of
stress over the function of emergency departments &
communities. According to the author, combating
stress effectively requires more than offering
individual coping skills and access to counselling for
first responders. The impact of stress must be
recognised from a variety of sources, including
organisational factors & approach to stress
prevention in a multi stage and comprehensive
manner, paying attention to primary stage
interventions.
in his paper
analysed demographic factors & lifestyle of an
individual based on exercise, alcohol consumptions
& smoking which accounted for a significant
increase in varying health diseases. He concluded
that lifestyle behaviour deserves increased attention.
in his report discussed
different approaches for stress reduction. According
to him changing employee perceptions of the work
environment through strategies such as increasing
participation, communication and social support,
reducing role ambiguity and conflict and enhancing
control over work tasks can play vital role in
controlling stress.
) stated that the
academic stress levels have increased in the last 15
years. Academic stress is high as compared with
other occupations and there is a difference in the
level of stress in different countries.
1.2 Review of literature
Responders, C. A. (2007),
A. Murphy, G. E. (Vol. 9 Issue 4)
Steve Harvey, et al.(n.d.)
Judy M. Hogan, et. al.(2002
To understand stress and its management lets now
understand the three sources of stress i.e.
environmental, organizational and individual.
Human beings work within organizations and the
organizations work under a changing environment.
Further we see that the uncertain business
environment influences the business and the
working environment. Also, the employee-
employer relationship with in the business
influences the level of stress.
Events in the environment
initiate a cascade of physiological responses.
Working of a company is affected by both the
external environment and the internal environment.
Both the factors have a vital role to play in enhancing
the efficiency and also dropping it down.
1.2.1 Factors
Environmental Factors:
Macro External Environment
Fig 1
102
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select Stakeholders
Managing Stress through Changing Lifestyle
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Micro External &Internal Environment
Fig 2
Robins P. Stephen,
et.al, 2012).
Fig 1 and 2 represent the external as well as internal
environmental factors affecting business.
Environmental uncertainty influences the design of
an organizations structure, it also influences stress
levels among employees in that organization. For the
present study only external environment factors
have been considered as these seem to play a vital
role in influencing the stress levels in an
organization. When the
economy is contracting, people become insecure
about their job security. For example, due to the
recent downfall in U.S. economy many
organizations became insolvent leading to a large
amount of unemployment.
It basically refers to as to the
impact of changing political conditions over stress.
Political uncertainties don't tend to create tensions
among North American's the way they influence
people from Haiti or Venezuela (
Economic Uncertainties:
Political Uncertainties:
Technological Uncertainty:
Task Demands: -
Task Demands
Organizational Structure
Organizational Leadership
2. Interpersonal Demands
In the 21 century, new
innovations are very common, so as to keep in pace
with the changing trends and to be up-to-date with
recent technological advancements is important as
an organization has to adhere to the technological
standards. This causes a problem for employees
because new innovations can make an employee's
skill and expertise obsolete in a very short time.
Computers, robotics, automatic machines are a
threat to various employees which causes stress in
their lives.
When we talk about an
organization, there are various factors which cause
stress. Here the scope of our discussion is limited to
intra-organizational factors (factors within the
organization). Pressures to complete work within
stipulated time, working under the autocratic nature
of boss and unpleasant co-workers are some
common examples which cause s t ress .
Distinguished categories under organizational
factors are as follows:
These are stressors associated with
a specific job a person performs. Some occupations
are by nature more stressful than others. The jobs of
surgeons, air-traffic controllers and professional
football coaches are generally more stressful than
those of general practitioners. These are the basic
problems associated with . It's
basically the stress due to professional differences,
which depends upon profession to profession. For
example, working in an overcrowded office, in a
cabin where everyone can see you and where
interruptions are constant, could increase anxiety
and stress or high speed of assembly lines also causes
stress
covers two sub-heads
under it,
1.
st
Organizational Factors:
(Robins P. Stephen, et.al, 2012).
103
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersManaging Stress through Changing Lifestyle
It defines the level of differentiation in the
organization, the degree of rules and regulations and
interpersonal demands. Organizational structure
shows us how the roles, power and responsibilities
are assigned, controlled and coordinated and how
information flows between different levels of
management. Excessive rules, lack of participation,
autocratic style of governance, a rigid formal
structure, downwards chain of command
(communication channel), and no informal
communication are some common defects in an
organization's structure which creates stress in lives
of employees.
A typical individual works
about 40 -50 hours a week. But what these
individuals in those 120+ of non-working hours
experience and the problems that they encounter in
those 120+ hours can spill over to their jobs. Our
final category then encompasses factors in the
employee's personal life. Primarily these factors
include that of family issues, personal economic
problems and inherent personality characteristics.
National surveys consistently show that people hold
family and personal relationships dear and marital
difficulties, breaking of a relationship and trouble
with children, these are some of the problems faced
by the employee's and these problems create a lot of
stress among them.
Economic problems created by individuals who over
extend their financial resources is another important
factor that can create stress for employees and
distract their attention from work.
some
researchers feel that it is a type of stress while others
think it is one of the components of stress. Burnout is
nothing but the consequences of “losing a sense of
basic purpose and fulfilment of your work”.
According to John Izzo, a former HR profession in
the occupation development area suggests that,
“getting more balance or getting more personal time
Individual Factors:
Burning out(Fred Luthans, 2005),
will help you with stress but it will not help you with
burnout.
According to Chzristina Maslach, “As a result of
extensive study, it is believed that burnout is not a
problem of the people themselves but of the social
environment in which they work.
The basic objective behind this paper is:
1. To identify individual perception of professionals
towards stress and its causes.
2. To study common practices to overcome stress in
organizations.
3. To study the impact of work-stress over the
personal lives of people.
4. To identify the organizations, helping in Stress
Management.
In this paper we shall also study the influence of
stress over varying age groups.
The research is based on primary data collected
through 50 questionnaires and in depth interview of
the college students and professionals from Pune
city. Two age groups i.e.18-35 years and 35-55 years
were considered in the study. Secondary data in the
form of articles published in books, journals,
magazines, research papers, newspapers and reports
were also referred.
The analysis of the data was done through Pie-Charts
and Percentage Evaluation.
On the basis of literature review drawn from various
books and journals (as mentioned in the
bibliography) and the data collected from the survey
of population, the following findings were collected.
Pie-charts were drawn on the basis of data collected
from the questionnaire survey. These pie-charts are
2.1 Objectives of the study
2.2 Research Method
3. Findings and Discussion
2.2 Findings
104
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
classified according to the age groups, the upper age
group i.e. from 35-55 years and the lower age group
i.e. from 18-35 years.
The following pie-charts describe the main reasons
for stress with respect to different age groups.
The pie-chart for upper age group clearly reveals that
work environment, work pressure and family are the
major reasons for stress for people belonging to that
age group. In the second age group, in addition to
other reasons for stress, 23% of the population voted
for love as one of the major factors leading to stress.
In terms of percentage, the followings have been
perceived as the most significant factors.
Work Pressure 35%
Love 23% & Family
Pressure 23%
2.2.1 Pie-Chart 1
Figure 3
Figure 4
A) Upper age group:
B) Lower age group:
2.2.2 Pie-Chart 2
Figure 5
Figure 6
A.) Upper age group:
B.) Lower age group:
The following pie-chart is based on what people do
in order to overcome stress.
Figure 5 reveals that the upper age group people
prefer yoga/mediation, reading and short holidays to
overcome stress rather than eating and watching
movies. According to figure 6, lower age group
people prefer watching movies and reading though a
s i g n i f i c a n t c h u n k i . e . , 11 % g o e s f o r
yoga/meditation.
yoga/mediation 20%,
reading 20%, and short holidays 20%
watching movies
22% and reading 20%
105
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersManaging Stress through Changing Lifestyle
2.2.3 Pie-Chart 3
Figure 7
2.3 DataAnalysis and Interpretation
The following pie-chart depicts the common
diseases observed in the people undergoing severe
stress at the work place.
If we study the pie-chart, headaches are considered
to be the common disease in both the age groups with
blood pressure voted second.
Now that we have established the findings, after a
collective study, it is noticed that working hours does
not influence stress significantly. The responses of
individuals with higher work hours were same as
those of lower work hours. What influences stress is
that is the main factor which could be
deduced from both the age groups? Family problems
work pressure
are common in both the age groups. Work
environment is another factor but in case of
individual employees only. Talking about diseases,
headaches are the most common consequence of it.
However, individuals preferred to have activities
like job rotation, yoga camps, employee
involvement programmes etc. in order to overcome
stress.
After due analysis and interpretation of primary and
secondary data collected we can convincingly
conclude that long working hours, political
environment and technical environment have a
major role in building up stress. Isolation and family
pressure were also identified as the stress builders
leading to intense feelings of anger, frustration,
anxiety and poor mental health. Surprisingly
according to significant proportion of people,
cigarettes and drugs tend to relieve stress but their
long term use is injurious for health. Most focus
groups identified unhealthy work environment and
acrimonious employee-employer relationship as
1.1 Conclusion
Questions Asked Common Answers
Age Group 35-50
Common Answers
Age Group 18-35
Main Reasons for Stress Work Pressure: 35%
Work Environment: 20 %
Love: 23%
Work Pressure: 19%
Work Environment: 19%
Activities done for managing
Stress
Reading: 20%
Short Vacations: 20%
Yoga/Meditation: 20%
Watching Movies: 22%
Reading: 20%
Common Diseases Headaches: 39%
Blood Pressure: 23%
Headaches: 39%
Blood Pressure: 23%
106
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
the important factors enhancing stress. The study
also revealed that inefficient management and
incompetent employees are prone to stress.
Greater consideration should be given to
understanding the wider environmental and
organizational factors that contribute to poor mental
health in employees. Many corporate houses like
Deloitte Consulting in Pittsburgh are creating nap
rooms to let employees catch some sleep during the
work day and to improve their mental health
There are various ways to overcome stress.
However, we have found some common and easy to
use methods which would help in overcoming stress.
Brings short-term stress
relief as well as lasting stress management
benefits. Yoga incorporates breathing exercises,
meditation, and light exercise. One session
brings initial stress relief and continued practice
brings greater resilience to stress. It's one of the
more potent stress relievers. For e.g. there are
various 'asanas' (positions) of yoga which work
towards overa l l re laxa t ion of body
'Sheershasana'
Breathing exercises provide
convenient and simple stress relief and the best
part is that they can be used anytime, anywhere,
and they work quickly. Basically it calms down
the heart beat and eases blood flow in our body
simultaneously increasing oxygen content.
The physical act of laughing releases
tension and brings positive physiological
changes. Finding ways to work more laughter
into your day can be an effective route to stress
relief. For example, in various towns people tend
to attend laughter sessions in the morning as a
substitute to exercise.
(Stephen P. Robins., 2003).
5.1 Recommendations
1. Meditation and Yoga:
(Saraswati, S. J., 1992,
February 1).
2. Breathing:
3. Laughter:
4. Music Therapy:
5. Time Management:
(Fred
Luthans, 2005).
6. Organizational Structure:
(Gupta, C., 2011).
7. Col legial Model of Organizat ional
Behaviour:
8. Academic Training:
(Singer, P. (1997, March 9).
Music can alter your
physiology in ways that help you to relieve
stress. It's an enjoyable, passive route to stress
relief. Formal music therapy sessions can help
with a variety of stress-related issues. Music acts
as natural stress-reliever.
Honing your time
management skills can allow you to minimize
the stressors that you experience and better
manage the ones you can't avoid. When you are
able to complete everything on your "to do" list
without the stress of rushing or forgetting, your
whole life feels easier. Time management helps
an individual in order to reduce the work load
and it also helps to ease up role overload which
occurs due to excessive workload
A behaviour of an
organization depends upon its structure.
Organization structure can prove to be beneficial
to employees provided it is based on a collegial
based approach. Furthermore, organizational
communication, organizational culture and
behaviour are various other factors which
interpretively come under the purview of the
organizational structure
The basis of this model is
partnership with managerial orientation of
teamwork. The employees are motivated
towards self-discipline and are self-motivated.
There is a need for the
academic training of professionals at both the
master's and doctoral levels in occupational
health psychology and stress management.
Workplace Wellness focuses on training
corporate employees in methods to deal with
stress and avoid repetitive strain injuries, opened
14 months ago
107
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersManaging Stress through Changing Lifestyle
9. Creating Awareness for Health:
(A. Murphy, Vol.9 Issue4).
Employees
should receive continuous education concerning
the health risks associated with various work
design variables as well as specific risk factors
associated with their work and work
environment.
Traditionally, stress management recommendations
have emphasized individual accommodation
strategies. The two most common and significant
predictors of stress are job type and supervisory
status. Stress management techniques and
Mediterranean diet education seem to be beneficial
for blood pressure reduction. Such intervention
could possibly serve as a complementary treatment
along with drug therapy for treatment of high normal
blood pressure.
Bibliography
BOOKS
JOURNALS
1. Benson, D. H. (1968).
Harvard University.
2. Gupta, C. (2011).
New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons.
3. Luthans, F. (2005). New
York: Mc Graw Hill.
4. Stephen P. Robins. (2003).
San Diego: Pearson Education.
(n.d.). Retrieved from Mindtools
6. Saraswati, S. J. (1992, February 1).
1. A. Murphy, G. E. (Vol. 9 Issue 4). Lofestyle
Practices and Occupational Stressor as preditors of
The Relaxation Response.
Business Organization and
Management.
Organizational Behaviour.
Organization Behaviour.
5. Meditation - Relaxing with sustained concentration.
Yoga, Tantra
and Meditation in Daily Life.
health outcomes in urban fighters.
, pp. 311-327.
2. AL, K. (2013). Stress management and dietary
counseling in hypertensive patients: A pilot of
additional effect. .
3. Frank Landy, J. C. (1994). Work Stress and well
being. .
4. Judy M. Hogan, J. G. (October, 2002; Vol. 9 Issue#
04). Stressors & stress reactions among university
personnel.
, 289-310.
5. Rosen, D. C. (2013, February 19). Work Stress and
Employee health : A multidimensional Review.
.
6. Responders, C. A. (2007). The need for a
multidimensional approach to stress management.
, 27-
36.
7. Steve Harvey, F. C. (n.d.). Organizational
Interventions and mental health in a workplace: A
synthesis of International approaches. , 1-56.
1. Singer, P. (1997, March 9). A Company Offers Help
in Managing Stress. .
2. Zimmerman, E. (2010, January 16). When Stress
Flirts with Burnout. .
1. www.mindtools.com
2. india.org
3. www. .org
4. www.ssrn.com
5. www.mayoclinic.com
6. www.irsst.qc.ca
7. http://link.springer.com
Internal Journal
of Stress Management
Cambridge University Press
International Journal of Stress Management
International Journal of Stress
Management
Journal of Management
International Journal of disability management
IRSST
The New York Times
The New York Times
ARTICLES
WEBSITES
www.cambridge
heinonline
108
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
ABSTRACT
INTRODUCTION
The emergence of Web 3.0 and Big Data have
changed the business landscape and made speed as a
key differentiator for sustenance of competitive
advantage of enterprises, particularly businesses.
Given the complexity of managing the new Web in
an enterprise, implications on CEOs' focus on
management are not discussed in literature.
This paper studies the role of Big Data in innovation
and investigates how CEOs can leverage on the new
IT tool(s). It introduces the
as a way to manage the
new leadership role required for innovating
enterprises in the new era of Big Data and its effect
on competitive advantages.
This paper examines leadership of innovation in the
context of finding new competitive advantages in a
Big Data driven world. Rapidly evolving IT has
given us for real time data analytics leads to
availability of multiple new opportunities in the
market space that, unless taken up rapidly, can
disempower existent businesses rapidly. Speed is
thus the essence and hence the Big Data driven world
requires a leadership role that aggregates available
Nayar-Lanvin Model for
Leadership of Innovation
Key Words: Big Data, Semantic Analytics,
Leadership Framework, Innovation
potential opportunities, sifts through these,
aggregates resources and (internal and external)
talents, in order to actualize the sifted opportunities.
I. T. IS KEYTO NEW INNOVATION
IT is the key to new innovation (Mann 2012). The
widespread use of IT in the 1990s spurred a new
industry built not only on stand-alone applications
but also on the internet which rapidly became
commonly available as a tool for interconnectivity
between people. Web 1.0 (document exchange;
lacking participation) has limitations and this led to
Web 2.0 which boosted collaborative innovation.
: Web 2.0 covers a range of technologies,
most commonly, social networks, blogs, wikis,
podcasts, information tagging and prediction
markets. The phenomenal use of Web 2.0 (mostly,
Social Networks) gives enterprises access to vast
amounts of data, giving rise to a lot of opportunity
for services innovation.
Web 3.0 or Semantic Web ties each data
item on the web to other data items of like kind,
regardless of their location. It is a major step up in the
evolution of the Web, with significant features
broadly classified under two key functionalities:
greater interoperability, and computers deriving
meaning. These features enable users to search for
contextually appropriate content instead of character
strings. Thus, Web 3.0 browsers will make searching
Web 2.0
Web 3.0:
Big Data and Leadership for Innovation-An Aggregator Model
Prof. Ranjith NayarProf. Smitha Nayar
( ),
(
Mohanlal Sukhadia Univ,Udaipur,India
Asinnova LLP Singapore)
109
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersBig Data and Leadership for Innovation-An Aggregator Model
easier and intuitive – operating on cross-application
data and allowing intelligent questions. This is
useful both for innovators and for end users. End
users will be able to type-in complex search
questions – equivalent of conditional searching in
programing – instead of using the results of one
search to feed the next search. With repeated use,
Web 3.0 enabled browsers will, like personal
assistants, 'learn' what users want, and need less
structured queries.
Big Data is the very large volume of structured and
unstructured data generated by social networks,
smart devices and the 'Internet of Everything' (or
M2M, machine to machine network connection).
Two definitions commonly used are, the data centric
“data that cannot be fit into a relational database”,
and the user centric “subjective state a company
finds itself in when its human and technical
infrastructure cannot keep pace with its data needs”
(Aziza 2013)
Every interaction of a person on the internet adds a
little more information about the user's publically
known profile. This makes it easier for marketers to
target products to individual requirements rather
than to demographic approximations. If big data is
ubiquitous, an individual's profile is easily available
and takes the guessing out of meeting strangers, and
every individual becomes less unknown or
unpredictable. The Economist Intelligence Unit says
that more companies in US have a Chief Data
Officer, to make use of the massive volumes of data
available to them from the Web. Thus social media
captures comments, likes and suggestions from
customers and potential demographics that can be
studied in order for the company to make appropriate
strategic choices (Giles 2012).
Big data, accompanied by cross-database correlation
WHAT IS BIG DATA?
and analysis, enables services to be personalized to
the extent of individually tailored solutions in, say,
health care, and marketing. Other service functions,
transport for instance, could, in the reverse, dispatch
dynamically their services based on where traffic is
accurately predicted to congregate.
Today businesses can measure their activities and
customer relationships with unprecedented
precision. The arrival of smart devices and Web 2.0
has led to an explosion of data on the Web. This is
particularly evident in the digital economy, where
clickstream data give precisely targeted and real-
time insights into consumer behavior. CISCO's
Chief Technology and Strategy Officer, Padmasree
Warrior predicts three vectors of differentiation –
data differential with more and more devices and
sensors churning out that data over the 'internet of
things'; experiential differential driven by customer-
pushed needs; and a velocity differential that is
driving the shift to cloud computing ('Saas') with IT
as a service, not a data centers investment with
delivery time constraints. Although IT companies of
the future will have to solve these three problems,
what is important here is not the data, but the
analytics that will be applied to make the business
process a better process (Warrior 2013).
The browser will gravitate towards being the
database of the future. Big data, super intelligent
content and knowledge management services are
clearly the medium term future. Innovative
applications based on Big Data will help service
providers foster closer ties with customers, partners
and employees. With Web 3.0, elaborate and
complex virtual worlds where social interaction
drives business operations can be realized through
the Internet (Laurent 2013).
: The following paragraphs
examine the various applications of Big Data today:
Big data alters marketing
strategies and customer relations marketing (CRM).
Role of Big Data
Big Data and Marketing:
110
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select Stakeholders
Big Data and Leadership for Innovation-An Aggregator Model
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
The main enabler is data – mostly structured data.
More accurate and timely the information available,
more realistic is its usage for service innovation. A
shift from reactive to predictive and proactive care
will follow, and change the face of healthcare. Big
Data from Web 2.0 and semantic data analytics will
make available patient centric data so large that
individualized care can be tailored to fit exact needs
(Rometty 2013). Emerging technologies are poised
to personalize consumer experience radically via
On-demand Marketing (Dahlström and Edelman
2012)
Companies that are
measure their operations more carefully, taking
these very large volumes of data and creating more
analytical types of management practices, are
dramatically outperforming their competitors.
The pervasive use of IT has made customers an
unsolicited business partner, as purchases and
searches are tracked to tweak everything from
websites to delivery routes … Rather than model
hypothetical market scenarios, businesses can now
get an answer in real time. … IT reduces the
'hypothesis-to-experiment' cycle time. Such
packages are even available off-the-shelf. These
packages (covering pricing, inventory management,
labour scheduling, and more) can be cost-effective
and easier to install than internally applications.
It is said that you can't manage what you don't
measure. Because of big data, managers now know
much more about their businesses, and directly
translate that knowledge into improved decision
making and performance. This is especially true for
retail management, since so much of life-cyle of the
retail industry is now digital. Once shopping moved
online, of customer understanding has increased
dramatically. Online retailers could not only know
what is bought, they also know how customers
Innovation of Operations:
Big Data and Retail Management
navigated through the site; how much they were
influenced by promotions, reviews, and page
layouts; and similarities across individuals and
groups.
Smart leaders see using big data as a management
revolution. But as with any other major change in
business, the challenges of becoming a big
data–enabled organization can be enormous and
require hands-on—or in some cases hands-
off—leadership. Nevertheless, it's a transition that
executives need to engage with today (McAfee and
Brynjolfsson, HBR Oct 2012)
Is 'big data' the same as 'analytics'?Almost – but with
three key differences:
Volume: As of 2012, about 2.5 exabytes of data are
created each day, and is doubling every 40 months or
so. Walmart collects 2.5 petabytes of data every hour
from its customer transactions. A petabyte is one
quadrillion bytes, or the equivalent of about 20
million filing cabinets' worth of text. An exabyte is
1,000 times that amount, or one billion gigabytes.
Velocity: Real-time or nearly real-time information
makes it possible for a company to be much more
agile than its competitors.
Variety: Big data takes the form of messages,
updates, and images posted to social networks;
readings from sensors; GPS signals from cell
phones, and more.
Computerized Data Analytics is in early stages of
development. However, most companies do not
have a Big Data plan for themselves. High-
performing companies will embed analytics directly
into decision and operational processes, and take
advantage of machine-learning and other
technologies to generate insights in the millions per
second rather than an “insight a week or month”
(Davenport 2013).
Data is a competitive advantage. Hence, Database
Big Data and Analytics
111
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersBig Data and Leadership for Innovation-An Aggregator Model
management is a core competency of Web 2.0
companies (O'Reilly, 2005). As more and more
devices are connected to the new platform, new
innovative applications become possible. Creating
of innovative services requires data on targeted
audience. The winner will be the company that first
reaches critical mass via user aggregation, and turns
that aggregated data into a system service.
After a
period in which innovation was concentrated on the
scale and breadth of data, technology providers have
begun to focus on velocity. For the first time,
business leaders can ask their databases specific ad
hoc questions and receive immediate answers. But,
greater speed costs more. Data showing a live search
for lower-cost service options on the company's
website might prompt instant ideas for new sales.
are able to provide customers
better service at restaurants. In new data driven
restaurants, every item sold, tip received, and every
moment of a restaurant experience is recorded,
profiled, and analyzed. Startups like Slingshot build
data solutions tailored toward the restaurant business
(Kolb and Kolb 2013). This change is powered by
transaction data. Orders are entered instantly into the
computer system and trends and anomalies
analyzed. This change to data driven business is an
example of companies building analytics tools
tailored to small business needs. Kolb and Kolb
predict 5 developmental directions to watch, most of
which predicted to happen within the next 3-5 years,
while others are already happening:
1. New applications will crunch data in real time and
tell users what is interesting by learning what they
find interesting
2. Better visualization and presentation of graphics,
leading to easier understanding, and faster
decisions.
3. Self-service data intelligence using Data
'Velocity for Insight' as a business necessity:
Service analytics
Discovery tools
4. Natural intuitive data interfaces (touch, voice,
gestures) abstract away complexity, enabling
finding valuable information without expertise.
Apple's Siri and Microsoft's Kinect train people
to use voice and body gestures respectively.
These modes of input combined create interactive
environments that let you explore the data and
interact with it.
5. Collaborative: Data that needs to be evaluated is
simply too big to look at efficiently. The new
types of interfaces (as explained above) will
alleviate that problem.
This new data centricity leads to more and more
individual-customer-specific innovation giving
more customer tailored services. This makes it more
attractive toAsian innovation needs.
Big Data and Analytics could be the twin forces
driving innovation in Asia – one provides
information while the other sifts through it for
precious insight. In Asia, applications are endless,
given the heterogeneity: Asian companies tend to
work on existing products adapting these to local
community needs, driven by diversity of Asian
marketplace, price sensitivity, and features its target
customers need. Contextual search has a major role
here.
Since cost and social factor alleviation are two major
considerations inAsia, a major role will be played by
the open and free access to governmental and
research data. This is called Open Data.
Governments and states hold gigabytes of data. This
data is beginning to be used for making cities safer.
City administrations like San Francisco lead Web 3.0
open-source government efforts, opening public
information – train times, crime statistics, health-
ASIAN INNOVATION
Open Data
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
112
code scores -- to software developers who then use
this data to create innovative applications tailored to
residents' needs (Kazan, C. 2010). For instance, with
the data and the analytics, a department could
receive a daily report of possible crimes including
likelihood, location, and timeframe, all with ranges
and calculated probability – and take action for
crime prevention. This is just one way government
could use data and analytics to make societies better,
and the wealth of data available to the government is
staggering. If cities start using data to its full
potential Data Science teams can create
transformative tools with this wealth of information.
(Kolb, Jeremy 2013). Police in Maryland and
Pennsylvania are taking an even more data science-
driven approach, crunching databases of tens of
thousands of crimes and looking for patterns.
Software automates decisions once made by police
officers and judges, and this move to data-based
decision making has dramatically decreased the
percentage of repeat offenders among parolees
(Kolb and Kolb, 2013).
Governments are now putting large data sets on the
Web in data.gov and data.gov.xx sites. The notion of
Open Data, data made freely available, could be used
for innovative applications based on interoperable
databases used for social uplift and poverty
alleviation. Food-policy experts believe that a
crucial step toward that goal is to give farmers,
scientists and entrepreneurs unhindered access to
agricultural data which is generated at research
centers worldwide (Patel, 2013). For instance, apps
on farmers' phones could club information about that
areas soil condition, matched with best seed and
fertilizer information for that soil type and, further,
with locational information of seed distribution
centers. Making such “what if” scenarios a reality
will require increasing amounts of free, accessible
agricultural research data that is easy to use, not just
by humans but also by machines. Much of the data
has been collected by scientists at universities and
research centers – like plant genomics, weather
conditions, data sets on crops for certain soils,
rainfall changes, signs of pests and diseases, and
anticipated prices at local markets – and made
purposefully inaccessible for security or privacy
reasons.
Google's Ray Kurzweil, winner of the US National
Medal of Technology and Innovation, predicts that,
powered by Semantic Web, computers will have
emotional intelligence by 2029. Google is making
strides towards understanding complex natural
language and with it the ability to move well beyond
recognizing keywords and onto understanding the
emotional and intelligent content of web pages and
of users' search requests.
The challenges presented by Big Data will only
continue to grow as companies generate more new
information day-by-day, minute-by-minute.
NEW LEADERSHIPFRAMEWORK
Most leadership frameworks are built for the
business and organisation models of the 20th
century. However, with 'Velocity for Insight'
becoming a business necessity, driven by Big Data
and the emerging information driven world,
leadership roles too need to change, so that
businesses – and other organisations – can remain
competitive in an age of transient competitive
advantage.
INSEAD Business School, Paris, and the World
Economic Forum jointly published The Global
Innovation Index (GII), Global Information
Technology Report (GITR) and the forthcoming
Global Talent Index 2013. These can be seen as a
framework of three indices that define the
competitiveness of countries
(http://www.insead.edu/facultyresearch/centres/ela
b/).
INSEAD's Global Indices – A Country level model
113
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersBig Data and Leadership for Innovation-An Aggregator Model
These reports index countries on innovation
parameters and list the effects of new trends and
practices in innovation at the global level. Taken
together, thus, it follows that leadership requires an
Information Technology environment as well as
human talent or skills.
While not explicitly a framework, the three vectors
effectively constitute a framework for innovation
leadership at a macro level.
This section discusses the
(Nayar 2013), and its extension: the
. The 3i framework
postulates intentionality (innovation strategy),
influence (diffusion of leadership intentionality) and
human skills or talent pools (which could include
communities of practice, and open innovation) as
necessary building blocks for sustainable innovation
in enterprise. These vectors help ensure a culture of
innovation by disseminating the leadership intent
and strategies widely within the organisation,
capitalizing on new ICT social networks and other
Web 2.0 tools including Wikis and blogs. Emergent
technologies like Web 3.0 based Semantic
Innovation Management (Ning and O'Sullivan
Nayar-Lanvin frameworks for Enterprises
3i (Intent-Influence-
Intelligence) Framework for Sustaining Innovation
3A framework of
leadership for innovation
2006) help aggregate the diffused innovation while
Semantic Analytics help aggregate the structured
and unstructured data generated by the Web 2.0
tools.
The significance of this framework is that it meets
the necessity and sufficiency requirements for
sustained innovation in any firm. Any one of these
vectors is insufficient by itself to sustain innovation
in the firm. For instance, if the enterprise has the
right talent (the vector of collective intelligence) or
pool of innovators, the pool will be able to produce
innovation in their designated functional area, say
new products development. However, this is a
management of innovation; it does not inspire new
service innovation or operations innovation which
can change the firm into a firm of innovators. Next,
in the presence of two of the three vectors, say
intentionality (clarity on leadership intent and
strategies) and, say, the right talent (the vector of
collective intelligence); but with the absence of the
dissemination of that intent and the associated
strategies, innovation with remain flat or 2D, and
will not be multidimensional.
This is indicative of a 'tall' organisation, with layers
of hierarchy. Flat innovation occurs in firms that
operate in the present – an existent strategy, for
instance and is not sustainable.
The strength of the framework is that it describes
with sufficient simplicity a complex array of
characteristics (like ontology, intentionality,
engagement, social networks, Web 3.0 technology,
and talent retention) into one simple framework.
The simplicity is also seen in the fact that the
framework specifies vectors, rather than axes in the
strict sense of the term, since an axis has an origin
(zero value) and extends to infinity whereas a vector
merely indicates direction or size, without defining a
1.1.1. Strengths and weakness of the 3i
framework:
114
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
gradation. Further, the cross-effect of the vectors can
be studied. The area between any two axes defines
the appropriate plane. The
the plane between talent- and influence- vectors,
thus describes the area where 2D / planar innovation
happens, as described above. Similarly, the
intersection of the vectors could be examined for
identifying potential competitive advantages.
The weakness of the framework is that it does not
cater to the implementation of the innovation
strategy. This weakness is partially addressed in the
detailed discussion of each vector and outside the
scope of discussion here, and partially by the
extended 3Aframework of leadership for innovation
(fig 2).
The 3i framework is consistent with the proposed by
Prahalad's, the INSEAD's global indices, Bain's
leadership model and, IDEO's model. The basic
elements of Prahalad's opportunity gap management
framework are paralleled in the 3i framework
- 'Strategic Intent' element is the same as the Intent
vector of the 3i framework,
- 'Core Competencies' element matches 3i
framework's Talent Vector.
- Fourth dimension (“energizing the whole
organisation, and sharing mindset and
motivation”) matches exactly the 3i framework's
Influence vector,
- “Creating new competitive space” is equivalent
of 3i's resultant vector (innovation)
We now extend the 3i framework (for sustained
innovation) to capture the leadership requirements.
As mentioned above, the weakness of the 3i
framework is that it does not account for the
talent confluence plane,
1.1.2. Comparisons with frameworks in
literature
BIG DATA AND THE NEW LEADERSHIP
MODELIT ENTAILS
implementation aspects of the 3i vectors. It details
the required component vectors but does not
prescribe how to seed and grow these vectors.
Instead, the individual components of the vectors are
treated as individual building blocks or Lego blocks.
The emergence of Big data and the rapidly evolving
IT capability to speed up real time data analytics has
led to the availability of several opportunities in the
market space, which unless taken up rapidly can
disempower businesses rapidly. Speed is thus the
essence and hence the Big Data driven world
requires a leadership role that aggregates available
potential opportunities, sifts through these,
aggregates resources available as well as internal
and external talents, in order to actualize the sifted
opportunities.
The emergence of Big data and the rapidly evolving
IT capability to speed up real time data analytics has
led to the availability of several opportunities in the
market space, which unless taken up rapidly can
disempower businesses rapidly. Speed is thus the
essence and hence the Big Data driven world
requires a leadership role that aggregates available
potential opportunities, sifts through these,
aggregates resources available as well as internal
and external talents, in order to actualize the sifted
opportunities.
The 3i framework implies – among other things –
that the leadership that drives the 3i vectors plays an
aggregating role, aggregating opportunities that the
external environment offers (see the External
Influences side of the Total Innovation Management
pyramid; Nayar, 2013) at the confluence of the
Influence and Intentionality vectors, aggregating
talent (team competencies of the TIM pyramid,
including crowd sourcing and extended
communities of practice) and aggregating resources
(see the Management Platform of the TIM pyramid)
including strategies and skill sets. Technology
Fig 2: Nayar-Lanvin Framework for Leadership
115
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersBig Data and Leadership for Innovation-An Aggregator Model
elements help to aggregate the voices of all the
elements of the supply chain, from suppliers'
suppliers to customers' customers.
If efficiently done, listening to the network
effectively, harnesses these voices and helps
leadership aggregate opportunities. It bears mention
that many industries miss these signals due to
inattention, and miss emerging trends, leading to
wrong strategy definition.
This framework is thus the framework of leadership
for innovation, i.e. a leadership that causes agility to
take advantages of rapid changes taking place in the
external environment. While the skills-set (talent/
people/ intrinsic intelligence) needed may not be
available within the organisation, IT collaboration
(Open Innovation / crowd-sourcing) makes this
available to an agile leader.
The leadership must be, of course, capable of
attracting and retaining such amorphous talent – this
is the talent aggregation role.
The triple aggregator role of leadership will enable
innovation to occur in an enterprise. This 3A
framework is called the Nayar-Lanvin Framework
for Leadership of Innovation, and is introduced here
as a concept. Further study needs to be donede novo
to test its strengths and weaknesses.
Web 3.0 – also known as the Semantic Web since it
manifests itself as a web of data, rather than a web of
documents – is a quantum change on the method of
linking data by a method of ontology of meaning.
Functionally, it overcomes limitations of the
conventional Web (now also known as Web 1.0) as
well as of Web 2.0 which encompasses social
networks, blogs, microblogs, and 'wikis'. The new
Web tools aggregate the 'Wisdom of Crowds' for
superior decision making and focus collective effort
on prioritized outcomes (Cake 2011).
Leaders need to compare strengths and weaknesses
of new frameworks they implement. Studies of
national or regional innovation strategies measure
the effectiveness of innovation systems, like
INSEAD's Global Innovation Index, and the Nayar-
Lanvin frameworks for leadership and innovation.
This paper addresses two common questions – how
can innovation be made a sustained practice in an
enterprise, and what role do specific parameters
(such as leadership or emergent IT tools like Big
Data) play in boosting innovation.
The Future is Web 3.0:
Conclusion
Reverences
1. Aziza B (2013) “Big Data Isn'tAbout 'Big'”, Forbes
2. Cake M, (2011) Management 3.0: The Web 3.0
"Central Brain" to coordinate innovation,
collaboration, workflow and outcomes across
industry and across the world.
3. Graud R, personal communication, November 03,
2011.
4. Giles J (2012) http://www.sas.com/resources/asset/
EIU_SAS_BigData_120822.pdf
5. Mann A., (2012), reported by Joe McKendrick, Are
Management
Innovation Exchange.
116
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
IT leaders just too busy for innovation?
http://www.zdnet.com/are-it-leaders-just-too-busy-
for-innovation-7000001762/
6. McAfee and Brynjolfsson, Big Data – The
Management Revolution, HBR Oct 2012
7. Kolb, Jeremy (2013) How Big Data and Analytics
will Change Society http://applieddatalabs.com/
content/how-big-data-and-analytics-will-change-
society
8. Nayar R (2013) “Retooling Strategies for
Leadership for Innovation” (Doctoral thesis)
9. Nayar R, Venugopalan K, Narendran R, Nayar S,
(2012). Semantic Web as an Innovation Enabler, C.
Mukhopadhyay et al. (eds.),
DOI 10.1007/978-81-322-0746-7_41,
Driving the Economy
through Innovation and Entrepreneurship:
Emerging Agenda for Technology Management,
© Springer
India 2012
10. Warrior P, (May 2013), quoted by Kirkland R.
Connecting Everything: A conversation with
Cisco's Padmasree Warrior
11. Laurent (2013) “Interface: Where We're Headed
with Web 3.0” http: / /www.information-
management.com/issues/20_4/where-were-
headed-with-web-3.0-10018222-1.html
12. Dahlström and Edelman (2012) (McKinsey
Quarterly, Apr 2013) http://www.mckinsey.com/
insights/marketing_sales/the_coming_era_of_on-
demand_marketing
13. Rometty G. (2013) http://www.information-
management.com/news/big-data-transformation-
from-luxury-to-necessity-underway-for-insurers-
10024307-1.html?portal=health-care
117
Big Data and Leadership for Innovation-An Aggregator Model
118
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Marketing
Volume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
120
ABSTRACT
With the introduction of liberalization policy and
RBI's easy norms, several private and foreign banks
have entered the Indian banking sector giving birth
to cut throat competition amongst banks to acquire
large customer base and market share. Banks have to
deal with many customers and render them various
types of services. If the customers are not satisfied
with the services provided by the banks then they
will defect which will impact the economy as a
whole since banking system plays an important role
in the economy of a country. Also, it is very costly
and difficult to appease an unsatisfied customer.
Since the competition has grown manifold in the
recent times, it has become a herculean task for
organizations to build loyalty; the reason being
today's customer is spoilt for choice. It has become
imperative for both public and private sector banks
to perform to the best of their abilities to retain their
customers by catering to their explicit as well as
implicit needs. Many a times it happens that banks
fail to satisfy their customer; something that can
cause huge losses for banks and so, the need for this
study arises.
The purpose of this research article is to examine the
customer satisfaction among a group of customers
towards the public sector & private sector banking
industries in India. This study is cross sectional and
descriptive in nature.
Businesses need to attract and establish a customer
The researcher tries to makes
an effort to clarify the Customer Service satisfaction
in Indian banking Sector. Descriptive research
design is used for this study, where the data is
collected through a questionnaire. The information
is gathered from the different customers of the two
banks, viz., PNB and HDFC Bank located in the
Meerut Region, Uttar Pradesh. A hundred bank
respondents from each bank were contacted
personally in order to seek fair and frank responses
on quality of service in banks. The service quality
model developed by Zeithamal, Parsuraman and
Berry (1988) has been used in the present study.
The analysis clearly shows that there exists a wide
perceptual difference among Indian (public sector)
banks regarding overall service quality with their
respective customers, when compared to Private
sector banks. The said perceptual difference in
private banks is narrow.
Key words: Customer Satisfaction, Customer
service, Banking, Service quality.
Introduction
Comparative Study of Customer Satisfaction inPublic Sector and Private Sector Banks in India
(A Case Study of Meerut Region of U.P.)
Mr. Vijay Prakash GuptaDr. P.K. Agarwal
(Research Scholar Uttrakhand Technical University Dehradun)
(Professor, MIT College of Management, Moradabad)
121
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersComparative Study of Customer Satisfaction in Public Sector and Private Sector Banks in India
Comparative Study of Customer Satisfaction in Public Sector and Private Sector Banks in India
market and would need to retain it through
satisfaction. That is the key to its business
performance ( ). In order to attain
this goal, a company should have a high satisfaction
rate from its clients. The increasing competition,
whether for profit and non-profit purposes, is forcing
the business sectors to pay much more attention to
satisfying its customers (
). Researchers suggest that increased levels of
customer satisfaction and loyalty are frequently
attributed or linked to positive outcomes for a firm
( ).
Measurement of the rate of customer satisfaction is
also a measurement of how products and services
supplied by a company meet or surpass customer
expectation. It is seen as a key performance
indicator. This is due to the fact that one of the factors
needed in order to attain high competency and high
competitiveness is a high market share through an
increased, established and well-sustained customer/
client population. Industries are beginning to
understand the concept that their customers, the
people who purchase their products and use their
services, are the primary drivers of their position on
the profitability ladder. Satisfaction is a
multidimensional construct which has been
conceptualized as a prerequisite for building
relationships and is generally described as the full
meeting of one's expectations ( ). It is a
feeling or attitude of a customer towards a product or
service after it has been used ( ).
Industries recognize that the support of the customer
requires a complex infrastructure which should not
only design, produce, and distr ibute a
product/service that can be used by the customer
without fear of defect, but should also contain a
mechanism whereby the customer is effectively
supported ( ).
( ) found out that firms that reported
higher satisfaction levels also showed significantly
Johnson et al.2000
Management library,
2008
Colgate, 1999
Oliver, 1980
Jhan and Khan, 2008
Lowenstein, 1997 Anderson and
colleagues 1940
higher returns. They said that an annual 1% increase
in customer satisfaction is worth an 11.4%
improvement in current return on investment.
Basically, customer satisfaction is a psychological
state; hence, care should be taken while measuring it.
Competitors that are prospering in the new global
economy recognize that measuring customer
satisfaction is a key. It has been a growing trend
today for banks to move away from a transactional
based marketing approach to a relationship-based
approach that has recognition of the lifetime value of
the customer as its core. Satisfaction with banking
services has been an area of growing interests to
researchers and managers.
General Banking Scenario in India
The general banking scenario in India has become
very dynamic now-a-days. The picture of Indian
banking was completely different as the Government
of India initiated measures to play an active role in
the economic life of the nation. Another Work done
by Parasuraman, Zeithaml and Berry (Leonard L)
between 1985 and 1988 provides the comparison
between the customers' expectation of performance
and their perceived experiences of performance.
This provides the measurer with a satisfaction Gap
which is objective and quantitative in nature.
According to Garbrand, customer satisfaction
equals perception of performance divided by
expectation of performance. So, we can identify
where we need to make changes to create
improvements and determine if these changes, after
implementation, have led to increased customer
satisfaction.
“If we cannot measure it, we cannot improve it.” -
Lord William Thomson Kelvin (1824-1907).
The Indian banking system is characterized by a
large number of banks with mixed ownership. The
commercial banking segment comprises of 27 public
sector banks (in which the Government has majority
122
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
ownership), 40 private sector banks, and 33 foreign
banks. In 1991, by comparison, public sector banks'
share of the total assets of the banking system was a
little over 90 percent.
The Reserve Bank of India was nationalized on
January 1, 1949 under the terms of the Reserve Bank
of India (Transfer to Public Ownership) Act, 1948. In
1949, the Banking Regulation Act was enacted
which empowered the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) to
regulate, control, and inspect the banks in India.
The Banking Regulation Act also ensured that no
new bank or branch of an existing bank could be
opened without a license from the RBI, and no two
banks could have common directors. By the 1960s,
the Indian banking industry had become an
important tool in facilitating the development of the
Indian economy. The Government of India issued an
ordinance and nationalized the 14 largest
commercial banks with effect from the midnight of
July 19, 1969. A second dose of nationalization of 6
more commercial banks followed in 1980. The stated
reason for the nationalization was to give the
government more control of credit delivery. With the
second dose of nationalization, the Government of
India controlled around 91% of the banking business
of India. Later on, in the year 1993, the government
merged New Bank of India with Punjab.
Research Methodology
Objectives of the Study
1. To determine the perceptions of customers
regarding the service quality in banks.
2. To study and compare the perceptions of the
customers in and public (PNB) & private (HDFC)
banks.
The study provides a comparative analysis of the
performance of PNB & HDFC banks in Meerut
Region.
Research Design
Scope of the Study
Data Collection
Descriptive research design has been used for this
study and a survey has been done for fact-finding
inquiries of different kinds. The data is collected
through a questionnaire. The information is gathered
from the different customers of the two banks, viz.,
Punjab National bank and HDFC Bank located in the
Meerut Region, Uttar Pradesh. A hundred bank
respondents from each bank were contacted
personally in order to seek fair and frank responses
on quality of service in banks.
The service quality model developed by
has been used in this
study. The main assumption of the model is that
service quality is a multidimensional concept. These
dimensions contribute to the assessment of the
service quality in any setting. The statements in the
construct are one-dimensional and performance
based, which incorporate the statements of
'SERVQUAL' model that can be used as
measurement . The 24
statements have been grouped under five
dimensions. In order to ascertain the perception of
service quality, Likert's 10-point scale has been used
for its suitability to estimate the range and variations
in the perceptions.
Present study has been restricted to time period from
April 2012 to June 2012 in Meerut region, PNB &
HDFC banks of Meerut region has been taken as a
representative unit of public sector banks and private
banks respectively. A survey of 100 people each
from both the banks was conducted who were the
general customers of the banks. Professors,
businessmen, Engineers and persons from self-
employed category, etc, have been surveyed.
Primary data was collected using the questionnaire
Zeithamal,
Parsuraman and Berry (1988)
(Cronin & Taylor, 1992)
123
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersComparative Study of Customer Satisfaction in Public Sector and Private Sector Banks in India
and personal contact approach. The respondents
were approached personally in order to seek fair and
frank responses on quality of service. Secondary
data was collected from the internet, published
reports and the fact sheets of PNB Bank and HDFC
Bank. For analysis of the data, weighted Mean has
been used.
Customer satisfaction, a term frequently used in
marketing, is a measure of how products and
services supplied by a company meet or surpass
customer expectation. Customer satisfaction is
defined as
According to many
authors, customer satisfaction is the feeling of a
customer in the process of what has been received
against what was accepted, including expectations
and perception about a purchase decision and the
need & want associated with it.
Satisfaction means a feeling of pleasure because one
owns something or has achieved something. It is an
action of fulfilling a need, desire, demand or
expectation. Every rationale customer compares the
cost (price) and benefit (utility) of any product or
service. Customers compare their expectations
about a specific product/service and its actual
benefits. This comparison results into three types of
customers: (expectations are
more than actual performance of the service);
(actual benefits realized from
Review of Literature
Customer satisfaction
Definition of Satisfaction
"the number of customers or percentage
of total customers, whose reported experience with a
firm, its products, or its services (ratings) exceeds
specified satisfaction goals. Customer satisfaction is
the primary mental state of customer which
comprise of two things (1) expectations before
purchase (2) perception about performance after
purchase” (Oliver 1997).
dissatisfied customers
satisfied customers
services are equal to or more than expectations);
(actual performance and
expectation are exactly equal).
reported that overall satisfaction is
the outcome of customer's evaluation of a set of
experiences that are linked with the specific service
provider. It is observed that an organization's
concentration on customer expectations resulted
into greater satisfaction
It is said that satisfaction is a function of
customer's belief about fair treatment
Customer satisfaction has become important due to
increased competition as it is considered a very
important factor in the determination of a bank's
competitiveness
Satisfaction is a post purchase evaluative judgment
associated with a specific purchase decision
The customer
satisfaction is indispensable for the successful
survival of any organization. Continuous
measurement of satisfaction level is necessary in a
systematic manner
To measure customer satisfaction with different
aspects of service quality,
developed a survey research
instrument called SERVQUAL. It is based on the
premise that the customers can evaluate a firm's
service quality by comparing their perceptions of its
service with their own expectations. SERVQUAL is
seen as a measurement tool that can be applied across
a broad spectrum of service industries. In its basic
form, the scale contains 24 perception items and a
series of expectation items, reflecting the five
dimensions of service quality.
Their findings suggest that, in reality, SERVQUAL
scores measure only two factors: intrinsic service
quality (resembling what is termed functional
quality) and extrinsic service quality (which refers to
the tangible aspects of service delivery and
indifferent customers
Westbrook (1981)
(Peters and Waterman,
1982).
(Hunt, 1991).
(Bartell, 1993; Haron et al. 1994).
(Churchil and Suprenant, 1992).
(Chakravarty et al.1996;
Chitwood, 1996; Romano and Sanfillipo, 1996).
Parasuraman, Valerie
Zeithaml and Berry
124
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
resembles to some extent what Gronroos refers to as
technical quality). Generic dimensions customers
use to evaluate service quality are credibility,
security, access communication, understanding the
customer, tangibles, reliability, responsiveness,
competence, courtesy.
Financial liberalization and deregulation has
increased the competition among banks to attract
potential customers. Every banker tries to provide
superior services to keep satisfied customers. In
India, emergence and growing popularity of Indian
banking products has raised competition among
Indian banks. Indian banks have had to face
numerous challenges in the recent age. Firstly, they
are competing with their peers and secondly they
have to cope with the conventional banks.
A satisfied customer is the real asset for any
organization to ensure long-term profitability even
in the era of great competition. It is found that a
satisfied customer repeats his/her experience to buy
the products and also creates new customers by
communication of positive message about it to
others On the other hand, an
unsatisfied customer may switch to alternative
products/services and communicate negative
message to others. So, organizations must ensure the
customer satisfaction regarding their goods/services
developed
SERVQUAL instrument to measure the dimensions
of service quality that is frequently used by
researchers.
It consists of 24 items that are compiled into five
dimensions: tangibility; reliability; responsiveness;
assurance and empathy.
This study applied five dimensions of service quality
that are explained as under:
Customer Satisfaction in Banking
SERVQUALScale
(Dispensa, 1997).
(Gulledge, 1996).
Parasuraman et al., (1988, 1991)
Reliability
Tangibles
Responsiveness
Assurance
Empathy
Figure-1.1 Expectation-Outcome Experience of
Customers
- This dimension shows the consistency
of services towards performance and dependability.
- This dimension shows the physical
aspects of the services as physical facilities,
appearance of personnel and tools & equipment used
for provision of services.
- This dimension reflects the
willingness or readiness of employees to provide
quick services to customers.
- This dimension indicates the
employee's knowledge, courtesy and their ability to
incorporate trust and confidence.
- This dimensions shows the magnitude of
caring and individual attention given to customers
Source: Generated
Figure 1.1 reflects the expectation-outcome
experiences of bank customers. Customer
satisfaction leads to better profitability by retaining
existing customers and attracting new ones. Every
organization deploys a reasonable amount of capital
to have satisfied customers. Satisfied customer leads
to delighted customers that eventually create the
sense of brand loyalty among customers.
The sequence of customer satisfaction in reference
to satisfied customers, delighted customers and loyal
customers is expressed in figure 1.2
Expectatio
ns before
Purchase
Real
Perform
ance
Deman
Satisfacti
on
OR
Switch to
Other
125
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersComparative Study of Customer Satisfaction in Public Sector and Private Sector Banks in India
Figure-1.2 Customer Satisfaction for better
Performance
SERVQUALQUESTIONS
1. Tangibles:
Source: Generated
For actual survey respondents, instructions are also
included, and each statement is accompanied by a
seven-point scale ranging from "Strongly Agree--5"
to "Strongly Disagree--1". Only the end points of the
scale are labeled; there are no words from number 2
through number 4.
1.1 Banks (refer to Media -Print & TV or the
appropriate service business throughout the
quest ionnaire) have modern- looking
equipment.
1.2 Employees at banks are tidy in appearance.
1.3 The physical facilities at admirable banks are
visually pleasing.
1.4 The ATM's of this bank are technologically well
equipped
1.5 Tangible Materials (e.g., brochures or
statements) associated with the service are
visually attractive in an excellent bank.
1.6 TheATM's of this bank are adequate in numbers
1.7 The internet banking services of this bank are
widespread.
2.1 Banks act upon the service right the first time.
2.2 When banks promise to do something by a
certain time, they do so.
2.3 When customers have a trouble, excellent banks
show a sincere interest in solving it.
2.4 Banks make available their services at the time
they assure to perform so.
2.5 Banks persist on error free proceedings.
3.1 Employees of banks enlighten customers
exactly when service is to be performed.
3.2 Employees of banks give quick service to
customers.
3.3 Employees of banks are always enthusiastic to
help customers.
3.4 Employees of banks are never too active to act in
response to customer requests.
4.1 The activities & behaviour of employees of
banks instills calm in customers.
4.2 Customers of banks feel safe & secure in their
transactions & dealing.
4.3 Employees & staff of banks are constantly
courteous & polite with customers.
4.4 Employees of banks have the knowledge to
answer customer questions.
5.1 Banks gives customers individual attention.
2. Reliability.
3. Responsiveness:
4. Assurance
5. Empathy
(Price) = Expectation (Benefits)
Satisfied Customers
Happy Customers
(Customers) Loyalty towards
Brand
Long-term Profits
(Better Performance)
126
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
5.2 Banks has operating hours convenient to all
their customers.
5.3 Banks has employees who give customers
personal attention.
5.4 Employees of Banks understand the specific
needs of their customers.
These findings do not undermine the value of
achievement in
identifying some of the key underlying constructs in
service quality, but they do highlight the difficulty of
measuring customer perceptions of quality.
notes that the majority of researchers using
SERVQUAL have omitted from, added to, or altered
the list of statements purporting to measure service
quality.
With reference to the objective of the study, the
major areas of questioning and analysis are
concerned with perceptions of service quality and its
dimensions:
As declared,
perceptions were considered on a five point
“strongly agree” to “strongly disagree” scale.
The analysis of Table-1 shows that there exists a
broad perceptual distinction in Indian (public sector)
banks concerning the quality of service for their
respective customers, whereas the said perceptual
Zeithaml, Parasuraman, and Berry's
Anne
Smith
Analysis and Interpretation
responsiveness, assurance,
reliability, tangibility and empathy.
Overall Service Quality
distinction in private banks is narrow.
The mean of PNB (142.48) when compared to mean
of HDFC (167) shows that there is a difference in the
quality of service being delivered by PNB as
compared to the quality of service expected by their
respective customers. In other words, service quality
delivered by banks such as HDFC is higher than that
of PNB.
The data in Table-1 illustrates
that there are important perceptual differences on the
responsiveness dimension of quality of service of
their customers. PNB (20.04) shows that the bank is
far below the perceptions of their customers on the
said dimension when compared with HDFC (27.08).
The element wise analysis of this dimension shows
that PNB is falling on the perceptions of their
customers on communicating to them about
performance of service, employees providing
prompt services and willingness to help customers.
Overall Service Quality
Dimension-WiseAnalysis
1. Responsiveness:
Servqual Dimension PNB Mean HDFC Mean
1. Responsiveness 20.04 27.8
2. Assurance 26.08 27.36
3. Reliability 27.72 32.44
4. Tangibility 46.68 48.76
5. Empathy 21.96 30.64
Overall Service Quality 142.48 167
Servqual Dimension PNB Mean HDFC Mean
1. Always willing to help customers 4.28 7.72
2. Never too busy to respond to customers requests 5.36 6.08
3. Telling customers exactly when service will be
performed
5.12 7.52
4. Giving prompt service to customers 5.28 6.48
Responsiveness (1+2+3+4) 20.04 27.08
Table 1: Perceptions of Customers about banks Responsiveness
127
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersComparative Study of Customer Satisfaction in Public Sector and Private Sector Banks in India
2. Assurance: The perceptual variation between
PNB (26.08) and HDFC (27.36) in table 2,
customers are low as is evident from the mean. The
respondents of PNB and HDFC have given almost
equal rating on assurance dimension to both the
banks. The factor wise analysis illustrates that
HDFC is greater than the perceptions of their
customers as far as trust worthiness and courteous
with customers. The number of PNB customers is
greater than HDFC customers in feeling safe while
transacting with the bank and having sufficient
knowledge in answering questions to the customers.
3. Reliability: The breakdown of reliability
dimension of service quality shows major variations
in the observation of PNB from their respective
customers. PNB (27.27) in table 3 shows that it falls
below the expectations of their customers in
delivering quality services, whereas HDFC (32.44)
is greater than the perceptions of their customers in
this dimension. The factor wise analysis of reliability
explains that PNB is far below the perception of their
relevant customers as far as keeping promise,
interest in solving problems, and providing service
at promised time are concerned.
Servqual Dimension PNB Mean HDFC Mean
5. Feeling safe in their transactions 7.28 7.04
6. Having knowledge to answer customers questions 6.16 5.76
7. Consistently courteous with customers 6.08 7.92
8. Behaviour of employee will instill confidence in
customers
6.56 6.64
Assurance (5+6+7+8) 26.08 27.36
Table 2: Perceptions of Customers about banks Assurance
Servqual Dimension PNB Mean HDFC Mean
9. Performing service right the first time 6.4 6.68
10.Provide service at promised time 5.24 6.92
11. Promise to do in time 5.12 6.36
12. Interest in solving the problem 4.72 6.68
13. Error free records 6.24 6.0
Reliability (9+10+11+12+13) 27.72 32.44
Table-3: Perceptions of Customers about banks Reliability
128
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
4. Tngibility: The data in Table-4 brings to light the
distinction in the perceptions of the customers of
banks PNB and HDFC on tangibles. The data tells us
that banks such as HDFC (47.74) are exceeding the
perceptions of their customers when compared to
PNB. PNB with a mean of (46.32) falls below the
perceptions of their customers on this dimension of
service quality when compared to HDFC. The
element wise breakdown of tangibility shows severe
short fall of perceptions among banks like PNB on
up to date equipment, physical facilities available in
a bank, neat appearance, materials in banks and
internet facility as perceived by their relevant
customers. While PNB have outperformed HDFC
regarding numbers ofATM's available.
The data analysis of Table-5 relates the
factors that banks such as PNB (21.96) are distant
from their customers regarding delivery of quality
services when compared with HDFC (30.64). There
exists a wide gap between the perceptions of banks
such as PNB and their customers as is evident from
there mean.
5. Empathy:
Table 4: Perceptions of Customers in relation to banks Tangibility
Table-5: Perceptions of Customers about banks Empathy
Servqual Dimension PNB Mean HDFC Mean
21. Giving customers personal attention 5.76 7.02
22. Giving customer individual attention 6.00 7.08
23. Convenient operating hours 4.24 8.24
24. Able to understand the specific needs of the customers 5.96 7.04
Empathy (21+22+23+24) 21.96 30.64
Servqual Dimension PNB Mean HDFC Mean
14. Tidy in appearance 6.04 7.02
15. Physical Facility 5.68 6.76
16. Innovative Equipment 7.00 7.08
17. Internet banking services 5.48 7.72
18. ATM Technically equipped 8.24 7.84
19. ATM’s in sufficient numbers 7.56 4.08
20. Material in banks 6.32 7.24
Tangibility (14+15+16+17+18+19+20) 46.32 47.74
129
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersComparative Study of Customer Satisfaction in Public Sector and Private Sector Banks in India
Conclusion:
The researchers found in their research that the
highest customer satisfaction is demonstrated in the
responsiveness areas such as willingness to help
customers and friendly attitude of staff, followed by
the reliability areas such as customer guidance and
customer support. On the other hand satisfactions are
moderate in the tangibles area, such as infrastructure
facilities and decor, followed by empathy area such
as banks business timing and return on investment.
Due to the wide variation of responses, both public
and private banks need to consider the weak areas in
order to meet customer requirements. This study
derives its basis from various research findings and
is also in line with empirical findings with respect to
customer satisfaction by other researchers.
To summarize, the outcome of the research lead us to
the following conclusions and guiding principles of
implication in both public sector & private sector
banks:
1. To be successful in banking sector, banks must
provide service to their customers that at least
meets or, exceeds their expectations. The present
study will provide some sort of guidelines to the
policy makers (managers) of banks to take
appropriate decisions in improving the quality of
services in Indian banking.
2. The customer satisfaction in terms of service
quality is a relational marketing paradigm. The
relationships are mostly viewed from the
perspective of the firm providing the services. For
service firms (in our case the banks), building
strong relationships is important for improving
customer satisfaction through service quality.
3. Public sector banks like PNB fall much below the
perceptions of their customers on all dimensions
of service quality. Private Banks such as HDFC
bank are exceeding the perceptions of their
customers on all dimensions of service quality.
4. The development of new products should be
according to the customer's need. A regular
service should be given to the customer through
the department website, brochures and other
sources by conducting regular surveys. The result
can be used by the department to come up with a
new product such as a printed documentation for
delighting their customers.
Although, overall both public and private sector
bank customers are satisfied with their banks, due
to wide difference in responses both public and
private sector banks should concentrate on their
weak areas in order to meet their customer's
expectations and this study provides some sort of
guidelines to managers of banks for taking
suitable decisions to give more satisfaction to
their customers.
References
1. Agarwal Jyoti: International Journal of Computing
and Business Research (IJCBR) ISSN (Online): 2229-
6166, Volume 3 Issue 1 January 2012
2. Chavan Jayshree International Journal of Business
and Management Invention ISSN (Online): 2319 –
8028, ISSN (Print): 2319 – 801X www.ijbmi.org
Volume 2 Issue 1 ǁ January. 2013ǁ PP.55-62
3. Thakur Satendra, Singh A. P INTERNATIONAL
JOURNAL OF MANAGEMENT RESEARCH AND
REVIEW,Aug -2011/ Volume – 1/Issue- 1 /Article No
-3/ ResearchArticle
4. Waqar ul Haq ,IOSR Journal of Business and
Management (IOSRJBM)ISSN: 2278-487X Volume
1 , I s s u e 5 ( J u l y - A u g . 2 0 1 2 ) , P P 0 1 - 0 5
www.iosrjournals.org
5. Journal of Arts, Science & Commerce , E-ISSN 2229-
4686 , ISSN 2231-4172
6. Government of India, 1991, Report of the Committee
on the Financial System (Chairman: Shri M.
Narasimham) (New Delhi).
7. http://www.Indianbanks.org/
8. http://www.rbi.org.in/home.aspx.
9. http://www.iba.org.in/.
130
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Abstract – Track (Marketing)
Marketing Environment and Adaption to the
Changes
Introduction
As we know, the business world is one which is
changing in a very dynamic way and coping up with
such diverse changes may be somewhat an adverse
challenge to many business firms.
There are many ways to cope up with the
surrounding changes in the business world and one
of these ways is by getting a clear understanding of
the markets that surrounds the firm. A firm should
work by understanding their stand in the market and
by deciding their target market and potential buyers.
A firm knows its potential buyers even before the
product goes into production and thus moulds and
plays with the tactics so that they may be more
appealing to that particular group so as to reap the
profits at the highest level possible.
The basic objective of this research paper is to get an
understanding of how does the market work and how
various changes can either make a firm or break a
firm.
Keywords: Market Change, Market
The first thing is to understand what exactly is
marketing. Marketing is about identifying and
meeting human and social needs. One of the shortest
and good definitions of marketing is meeting needs
profitably.
TheAmerican MarketingAssociation has provided a
formal definition – Marketing is an organizational
function and a set of processes for creating,
communicating, and delivering value to customers
and for managing customer relationships in a way
that benefit the organization and its stakeholder.
The market environment is a marketing term and it
refers to factors and forces that affect a firm's ability
to build and maintain successful relationships with
customers. Two levels of the environment are:
– consists of small
forces within the company that affect its ability to
serve its customers &
- consists of those societal forces that
affect the firm.
There are various internal and external factors that
affect the marketing environment which will further
be expanded and explained throughout this paper.
The internal factors and external factors that affect
the working of a company are– Internal Factors
consists of – Shareholders, Employees, Suppliers,
Manufactures.
- Marketing managers must work
closely with other company departments. Finance
is concerned with finding and using funds to carry
out the marketing plan. The R&D department
focuses on designing safe and attractive products.
Purchasing, worries about getting supplies and
materials, whereas manufacturing is responsible
Micro (internal) environment
Macro (external)
Environment
• Employees
Marketing Environment andAdaption to the Changes
Raghav Bhalla, Nupur Mantoo(Symbiosis International University Symbiosis Law School, Pune)
131
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersMarketing Environment and Adaption to the Changes
Marketing Environment and Adaption to the Changes
for producing the desired quality and quantity of
products.
- Suppliers are an important link in the
company's overall customer value delivery
system. They provide the resources needed by the
company to produce its goods and services.
Supplier problems can seriously affect
marketing.
– The manufactures also play an
important role in the environment and the
marketer has only a little control on them because
if the manufacture produces goods that as the
directions asked by the firm, then the goods can
be sold as per the future estimates that are marked
by the marketer.
External Factors consists of – Political and Legal
Environment, Social Environment, Technological
Environment, Economic Environment and Natural
Environment.
As we know demand
is defined as the desire for a product backed by
willingness and ability to pay for it. Thus it is not
only the people but also their ability to buy a
product that is vital for a marketer.
Culture is set of beliefs
and customs pertinent in a society. A marketing
campaign must be in tandem with the beliefs. The
market should adjust the decisions with respect to
the cultural and social beliefs.
Nature is the source of
raw material for the production a product. The
raw material may be renewable, infinite or
depleting. In all the cases the raw material shall be
preserved and wastage must be minimized. Also
the pollution should be minimized to preserve the
ecology.
Technology
changes every fortnight. Obsolesce happens
faster than it is spelt. Thus a marketer must be
•
•
•
•
•
•
Suppliers
Manufactures
Economic Environment -
Social Environment -
Natural Environment -
Technological Environment -
aware of recent technological updates. Being
technologically upgraded and using the latest
technology provides a competitive advantage
over the competitors. There are unlimited
opportunities for innovation and every
competitor tries to exploit the new usage of the
product.
It consists of
Government Regulations, policies, social groups
etc...Any kind of business must abide by the legal
policies of the nation. The Law is for the purpose
of protecting customers from exploitation by the
business man, to protect the interest of society and
also to protect companies from unfair
competition.
This subject, though extensively researched, hasn't
been exhausted yet, since, new factors may arises
which may affect the balance in the market. This
research makes a significant step towards
understanding what brings about that change and
whether something can be done so as to predict the
future change.
This paper has been conducted to give a basic
understanding of how certain factors affect a firm
and if they can adapt and cope with the change. This
paper will provide a greater insight into the mind of a
lay man to show him as to how the marketer changes
ideas so that he may be more appealing to consumers
and to the target markets that he is promoting to.
1. MARKETING ENVIRONMENT AND THE
FACTORS INVOLVED -Author: William King
The author had said that the environment that
surrounds the market and those factors that affect
the working of the environment are divided into
Internal and External factors.
2. HOW DO ELEMENTS OF A MARKETING
ENVIRONMENT AFFECT MARKETING
DECISION-MAKING? –Author: Mary Strain,
• Political and Legal Environment -
Review of Literature
132
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Demand MediaThe author of this article quoted
The
author had stressed on the various factors that
affect the marketing environment and end up
influencing all of the marketer's prospects. The
author had included and had given a brief on
factors such as the taste and preferences, the
competitor etc.
This article throws light upon the various social
factors that the marketer must keep in mind when
planning a new product.
This line is apt to describe
the article because the market in the 21 century is
one the . This means that every firm
that needs to launch or that needs to stay on top of
the market must cater to the needs of the society
and needs of the people at the large.
The method used for this paper was a basic Survey
wherein a Questionnaire was distributed amongst
people of different age groups.
The reason for choosing a market survey as
compared to any other form of research
methodology was because of the factor variation.
When doing the market survey, the opinions of
various people from different age groups play a key
role to determine a perfect answer or conclusion that
is considered to be unbiased.
We chose not to stick with the results of the authors
of other research papers is because the attitude and
the ideologies of people change from time to time
and because this would be considered as the most
'The marketing environment is everything your
company must take into consideration when
developing and presenting a new product.'
3. SOCIAL ENVIRONMENTAL FORCES IN
MARKETING – Author: Daphne Adams
'Successful marketing
depends partly on the ability of a company to
manage its marketing programmes within its
social environment.'st
Buyer is King
Research Methodology
recent conclusion while stepping into the mind of the
consumer. At the end of everything, the consumer is
considered at the King of the market and the products
are made or amended in accordance to the needs of
the consumer.
Many other authors may have also used market
survey as their method of research but the fact that
this is the most recent one conducted which provides
a perfect and unbiased answer which at the end will
help us to understand as to how the minds of people
work because we all can be considered as consumers
and it help us to understand as to what people keep in
mind when purchasing a particular product.
The basic objective of this research paper is to get an
understanding as to how the marketer adapts to the
changes in the marketing environment as well as
keeping in mind of not losing consumers but to
attract more consumers no matter what changes have
taken place.
For any product to be successful, the marketer must
always be ahead of the game such that before the
competitors think about it, the marketer must already
be in implementation mode. The apt phrase – 'DOG
EAT DOG' can be considered here because if the
strategy adopted by the marketer fails, the sales and
profit margins fall as the products won't sell and will
lead to a domino effect.
A remarkable example of how the environment
affected a firm was the most recent Patent case of
As we know that both Apple and Samsung are
leading brands for telecommunication and computer
gadgets. The conflicts were always there as they
were considered to be the pioneers in that industry
but there was a suit filed by Apple against Samsung
on the infringement of the Apples patent rights for
the iPhone and the iPad which were copied by the
Objective of Study
APPLE v SAMSUNG.
133
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersMarketing Environment and Adaption to the Changes
Galaxy Tab and the Galaxy series of phones.
The reason for this case to be chosen was because
one factor of the internal environment is
–
In the lawsuit filed by Apple against Samsung in
April 2011, Apple stated that the South-Korean
firm had ripped off the design and technology of
Apple products.
In response, Samsung counter-sued, saying that
Apple had infringed a number of patents to do
with 3G.
Apple had also stated that Samsung copied the
"look and feel" of theApple iOS range of devices,
namely the Galaxy line of smartphones and
tablets.
Apple is seeking $2.5 billion in damages, and
Samsung is also seeking financial restitution.
This is a perfect example of how certain internal
factors of the environment, which can be controlled
not fully but only to a certain extent can affect the
working as well as the sales of a particular firm.
The most leading tax case in recent history is the
The environment factor that this comes under is the
The and the case are as follows:
Essentially the Vodafone Hutch deal involved
transfer of shares of a non-resident Cayman Islands
based entity between two non-residents (Hutch and
Vodafone). Apparently the transaction had no link
with India and therefore the related parties to the
transaction indeed assumed and claimed that no tax
on this deal is payable in India. But the Indian tax
authorities thought otherwise. The Indian tax
authorities issued notice to Vodafone under section
201 of the Indian Income Tax Act 1961 so as to show
cause as to why it should not be treated as an “assesse
Competition.
These are the Facts laid down
Political and Legal Environment.
Facts Judgment
•
•
•
•
VODAFONE HUTCH DEAL.
in default” since it (Vodafone) had failed to
discharge its withholding tax obligation with respect
to tax on gains made by Hutch on the sale of shares to
Vodafone.
In addition, the Indian tax authorities decided to treat
Vodafone as an agent of Hutch under section 163 of
the Income Tax Act 1961 to recover the tax dues. On
Vodafone's challenge to the notice, the Bombay High
Court on December 3, 2008, approved the Indian tax
authorities jurisdiction to initiate investigation so as
to determine whether the over $11 billion
Hutchison-Vodafone transaction was liable for
capital gains tax in India. Finally on January 20,
2012, the Supreme Court ruled in favour of
Vodafone. The Supreme Court disagreed with the
conclusions arrived at by the Bombay High Court
that the sale of CGP share by HTIL to Vodafone
would amount to transfer of a capital asset within the
meaning of Section 2(14) of the Indian Income Tax
Act and the rights and entitlements flow from Term
Sheet, loan assignments, brand license etc. form
integral part of CGP share attracting capital gains
tax.
Consequently, the demand of nearly Rs.12,000
crores by way of capital gains tax, would amount to
imposing capital punishment for capital investment
since it lacks authority of law and, therefore, stands
quashed.
Marketing strategies are fundamental aspects in any
business organization and they play a critical role in
determining the level of productivity and
profitability, the level of competitive advantage, and
in influencing the market share and dominance. It is
through marketing strategies that organizations are
capable of realizing its stipulated goals and
objectives. Other than these factors, marketing
strategies are necessary for shaping the overall
Research Method
134
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
picture of an organization and the manner it presents
itself to the outside community.
As part of our research we conducted a survey and
the research is purely based on primary data in the
form of questionnaires
This research was undertaken in Pune City, and it
involved conducting a survey with a portion of
employees of TATA Company and students at the
Coffee stop where the branch of TATA Company is
located. This region was selected because it is the
place where people come during their break time and
hence, a lot of information can be obtained from the
selected participants. Other information will be
obtained from secondary sources such as the articles
published in books, journals, the internet, research
papers and reports were also referred to obtaining
general information relating to the topic.
The sample belongs to the annual income group of
80,000 - 10, 00,000 and between the Age Group of 0
till 60+. This research proposal utilizes the positivist
research philosophy based on the marketing
strategies and the marketing environment that can be
observed.
Which form of marketing strategy would
you prefer to buy your product?
Findings and Discussions
Question –
Marketing strategy is the process businesses use that
allows them to focus their strengths and limited
resources to pursue opportunities and avenues that
will increase their sales and give them a competitive
advantage in the market.
The Visual form of marketing strategy allows the
customers to get such a view that would help them to
understand the features and how the product work.
The audio form of marketing works in such a way
that helps the customer to know what new products
have been released. Free Samples provides a
tangible part to the product as the consumer gets to
taste/use the product that has arrived into the market.
The Print Media provides special offers and such
attractive advertisements that induce the consumer
to buy.
In our teams opinion visual media provides the
biggest and the most pure scope for marketing as it
gives the consumer an insight into the working of the
product.
In accordance to the survey that was conducted, the
response that was unanimous for the question raised
which was – '
And 40% of
the participants answered Visual media, which
includes television commercial or advertisements,
What marketing Strategy was most
preferred when purchasing a product?
135
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersMarketing Environment and Adaption to the Changes
30% of the participants chose Print media which is
the second highest as people see the advertisements
in the newspaper and the discounts are given on the
purchase which attracts the people. 20% of the
participants go for audio followed by 10% for free
samples.
- Do you believe in companies that follow
the Green Marketing Strategies?
Before answering the question with regards to Green
marketing, some participants had asked as to what
exactly is green marketing and the answer that was
given is – 'It is the process where the firm does
everything keeping in mind the natural environment
and sustainability. It is the process of producing
goods that satisfy the needs of people with using the
organic form of raw material and to protect mother
nature so that there can be a healthy future for the
coming generations'.
Green market strategies, green market companies
and green marketing products boosts the confidence
amongst the companies or the firms.
The answer to Question 2 had received an absolute
positive notion and 100% of the participants agreed
Question
that Green marketing strategies should be given an
importance.
Since Question 3 is in continuation with Question 2,
the answer that it received was of various kinds as
people thought of answers such as 'Go Green
Campaigns', 'Using environment friendly resources',
'PaperlessAdvertisements', No plastic bags
– Do you like the concept of purchasing
goods via the internet, why?
With the introduction of the internet, there came
many changes to the way a company might carry out
a particular marketing strategy. The internet is a
dynamic system, with both companies and
consumers having to adapt to the rapid pace at which
it moves. For companies, this means that the
competition has become global. When the question
of internet purchasing was raised, 70% of the people
had answered the question in affirmation and the
remaining 30% had answered in the negative aspect.
When asked for the reason for purchasing for the
internet, the people that answered in the positive had
given the same reason which is, that it is very
convenient.
Question
136
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Whereas, those that answered in the negative had
given the reason that those goods aren't reliable and
there is no physical use of the goods.
The main reason that 70% of the people answered in
the affirmative in regards to this question is because
they all had said that it allows us to sit at home and
yet shops for the favorite brands that we like and that
we want and provide with many facilities such as
cash on delivery, exchange of the products, money
back guarantee etc. Whereas the remaining 30%
answered in the negative was because they all said
that the products may be defective, second hand or it
doesn't feel the same compared to when you go and
see the item that you wish to buy.
– Do you think political parties affect the
marketing strategies in India?
Question
137
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersMarketing Environment and Adaption to the Changes
70% of people think that Political parties may a role
in the working of firms and the remaining three feel
that the firm can still run the same way no matter
what political parties is at the center.
As we know, that in India the political parties have a
very high influencing power such that they can shut
down companies in a matter of days.
In India, the concept of can be concerned as
common as it provides the firm to run without any
difficulties.
Another aspect which can be considered can be if
there is a company that has friendly relations with the
ruling party and then the tenure of that party comes to
an end, then the new party that comes to party can
close down the company.
– Do you feel that society affects the
marketing strategies in India?
The societal concept balances company profits,
consumer wants and societal interests by
determining the needs of target markets and
delivering superior value in a fashion that improves
or maintains consumer and societies' wellbeing,
therefore obtaining and promoting long run welfare
of the consumer, company and society. The social
factors can also be considered as a very big reason
Hafta
Question
for change in the recent times. Hence society plays a
very big role in the success or failure of products.
Since the dawn of the 21st century, the views of how
goods are sold has completely changed for which the
society is the main reason. Since then, the marketer
makes products which will benefit the society and is
acceptable in society.
Out of everyone who filled this questionnaire, 70%
of the people felt that society's needs play an
important role in the working of a firm and thus the
marketer must keep in mind these needs when
planning the product and the remain 30% felt that the
needs may or may not be important.
As it has been discussed, this whole paper has
brought about one conclusion and that can be
considered to be the main factor which can be the
biggest job of a marketer, namely the Environment
that surrounds a business. The key point that is to be
noted is that everything in and around the business is
changing and the marketer must be up to date with all
these changes.
Hence it can said that the marketing environment is
such that there are changes that take place every day
and the marketer must know what is it that people
Conclusion
138
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
want which may include things such as online
purchasing or maybe goods which are made with
eco-friendly materials which can be said is what
people want in their products.
A marketer must know both the internal and external
factors so that he may get an edge as compared to
everyone else and be the ultimate seller of products
and to attract the potential buyers.
As already explained earlier, since the dawn of the
21 century, the entire landscape of the marketing
world has taken a 360 degree turn. The reason for this
change is because the consumer.
Until the 19 century, it was considered that the
'Seller is the King' and post the 21 century, that
aspect as changed to the 'Buyer is the King'.
Keeping that fact in mind, the marketer used to
product good that he knew would be sold by itself
without any advertisements or promotional scheme
and now there are many factors that need to be taken
into consideration.
The marketer must be on top of his game so that he
may reap all the benefits and still have the loyalty of
his consumers. The marketer needs to keep in mind
that rather that
(post 21 century).
The only recommendation that the marketer can use
is that he must always think 2 steps in front as
compared to his competitors. Since the 21 century is
technologically advanced, it is up to the marketer to
reach people through any forms, be it the internet or
by televisions commercials or the most common
tactic of personal selling.
With the change in the marketing environment, to get
a good base, the marketer must use all the resources
in hand. He must make sure that he reaches people in
rural areas as well. He has to ensure that places
where the internet isn't available, the backward areas
also need to know about his product and how it will
benefit the consumer on using it.
Recommendations
st
th
st
st
st
he needs the consumers the
consumers need his product
Limitation and Future Scope
References
The various limitations that were faced by us when
doing the research paper was that the time period for
completion of the paper was less therefore a deep and
intensive research couldn't have been done.
Another limitation was faced when people were
asked to fill the questionnaire. Some of the people
would be un-cooperative and others would falsify
information as well as the information published by
various author would provide misleading
information. When searched about a topic, it would
be published in a different context.
There were several aspects which couldn't have been
covered due to time constrains and if given the
chance in the near future, we would like to go into an
indebt research regarding various topic which were
just brushed upon in this research paper such an the
Internet and how it has brought about the change in
the marketing world as well as other topics such as
the marketing strategy used by companies pre the
21 century and how the adapted and have become
on the leading pioneers of the 21 century in their
respective industries.
st
st
Books
Articles
Websites
1. Marketing Management – Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane
Keller,Abraham Koshy, MithileshwarJha.
2. American MarketingAssociation, 2004
1. Marketing Environment And The Factors Involved -
Author: William King
2. How Do Elements Of A Marketing Environment
Affect Marketing Decision-making? – Author: Mary
Strain, Demand Media
3. Social Environmental Forces In Marketing – Author:
DaphneAdams
1. www.wikipedia.com
2. www.articles.everyquery.com
3. www.smallbusiness.chron.com
4. www.mcmurry.com
139
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersMarketing Environment and Adaption to the Changes
Abstract
Key Words:
1. Introduction
The purpose of this study is to understand the
association between Relationship Quality and
d e m o g r a p h i c v a r i a b l e s i n t h e m o b i l e
telecommunication services industry in India. This
study is conducted on Telecom industry since it has a
major contribution in the service economy. The
study examines the impact of various demographic
characteristics of the customers on Relationship
Quality within mobile telecommunication sector in
the Meerut city of W (UP). Relationship quality is
constructed with two dimensions namely
Satisfaction and Trust. The findings reveal that
different demographic variables have different
impacts on Relationship Quality.
Relationship Quality, Satisfaction,
Trust, Demographic Characteristics, Telecom
Industry
Despite the economic and social benefits of mobile
telecommunications to the Indian economy and
market, and its all pervasive impact across the social
and economic strata of the country; there is little
marketing or management research done in this
sector. This lack of adequate research in the mobile
telecommunication sector may prevent it from
acquiring knowledge useful for the growth of
Telecom industry as a whole. Turel and Serenko's
(2006) opinions on the importance of Relationship
Quality measurement for mobile phone users,
economic growth, and the development of the
society make this research more potent for the
developing economies like India. Therefore, it is of
great importance to gain more understanding in the
area of Telecom industry with references to
demographic indices and Relationship Quality.
The study examines the impact of various
demographic characteristics of the customers on
Relationship Quality within telecommunication
sector in the Meerut city of W (UP). The study uses
variables which have been used in the previous
studies on mobile telecommunication services by the
researchers in different part of the world. These
variables are gender, age group, occupation,
educational qualification, and income group
Since almost all companies are trying to implement
Relationship Marketing tactics on their existing and
prospective customers, it has become essential to
measure the quality of relation or interaction they are
enjoying with the target segment. Relationship
Quality (RQ) is a manifest of positive relationship
.
2. Literature Review and Conceptual
Framework
2.1 Relationship Quality
Empirical Assessment of the Impact ofDemographic Variables on Relationship
Quality in Telecom Sector
Mr. Ashish Saurikhia
Dr. Umesh Mishra(
(
PhD Scholar, Patna University, Patna)
Professor and Principal (Vanijya Mahavidyalaya, Patna University, Patna)
140
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
outcomes that reflect the strength of a relationship
which meets the need and expectation of involved
parties (Smith, 1998). RQ refers to a customer's
perception of how well the whole relationship
fulfills the expectations, predictions, goals, and
desires the customer has concerning the whole
relationship. This relationship forms the overall
impression that a customer has, concerning the
whole relationship they have with any service
provider (Wong and Sohal, 2001).
Professional relation is grounded on the service
provider's demonstration of competence, whereas
social relation is based on the effectiveness of the
service provider's social interaction with the
customer (Wong and Sohal, 2001). This is crucial
because customer sees RQ can be achieved through
the salesperson or service employee's ability to
reduce perceived uncertainty (Zeithaml, 1981)
through interpersonal interaction. Gummesson
(1987) argues that interpersonal or social
interactions are important in developing good
relationship with the customers.
On the basis of the literature review, we have
identified two dimensions of Relationship Quality-
Satisfaction and Trust, which are discussed below.
Hennig-Thurau et al. (2002) argue that for
customer's satisfaction by the service provider's
performance, firm is identified as a key component
of RQ (Baker, Simpson and Siguaw, 1999, Morgan
and Hunt, 1994).Customer satisfaction has gained
new attention within the context of the paradigm
shift from transactional marketing to relational
marketing. Satisfaction has been treated as the
necessary premise for holding customers (Hennig-
Thurau and Klee, 1997).
Trust can be defined as an attitude, characterized by
the belief in the counterparty's reliability, for
2.1.1 Satisfaction
2.1.2 Trust
example, supplier or client. According to Morgan
and Hunt (1994), it has been hypothesized that trust
is a major factor which influences brand loyalty.
Chaudhari and Holbrook (2001) have found that
trust is directly related to loyalty and purchase. It is
that factor which helps the organization and
company to sustain even in times of uncertainty
(Moorman et al. 1993).
Only a few researches have been conducted to
establish relationship between demographic
variables and their relation with Relationship
Quality. This section gives a brief overview of earlier
relevant research works.
Ndubisi (2006), on the basis of his research on
Malaysian bank customers, argues that the
measurement of the 'underpinnings' of relationship
marketing can predict customer loyalty. At the same
time, he also finds significant gender difference in
the trust and loyalty relationship and concludes that
women are significantly more loyal than men at
higher levels of trust (Gaurav, 2008).
Mensah and Nimako (2012) explore the influence of
customer demographic variables on complaining
and non-complaining motives and responses in
mobile telecommunication industry in Ghana. The
study finds that complaining motives are
significantly influenced by marital status only. The
study also finds that non-complaining motives are
influenced by marital status and age. Moreover,
complaining responses are found to be significantly
influenced by gender, marital status and the
education of consumers. The authors suggest
management and marketing practitioners to
consistently collect and examine vital demographic
information about their customers in order to
understand customers better for effective complaint
management and customer loyalty.
2.2 Demographic Characterist ics and
Relationship Quality
141
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEmpirical Assessment of the Impact of Demographic Variables on Relationship Quality in Telecom Sector
Empirical Assessment of the Impact of Demographic Variables on Relationship Quality in Telecom Sector
Singh (2013) aims at investigating the overall
customer satisfaction in the mobile phone services in
India with special reference to Maharashtra, and the
relationship between satisfaction and demographic
variables. The results obtained in his research
indicate that the combination of age, gender, income
and employment variables show weak relationship
with customer satisfaction.
In the backdrop of divergent findings, it becomes
pertinent for the researcher to investigate the impact
of demographic characteristics of the customers on
Relationship Quality in the context of Indian
telecom industry.
This study involves the survey method for collecting
the data with the help of questionnaires. The survey
has been conducted in the Meerut city of Western
U.P.
Convenience sampling technique has been
used to select the telecom subscribers (customers)
for the survey. The questionnaires were distributed at
shopping malls, multiplexes, colleges, offices, and
parks where telecom subscribers with diverse
demographics and employment status are likely to
be found. The researchers have personally
administered questionnaires to all respondents and
received 100 valid responses out of 163
questionnaires for telecom subscribers. The
collected data regarding the telecom subscribers'
perceptions of Relationship Quality is analyzed
using quantitative techniques. However, small
amount of qualitative research has also been
employed to develop the scale items of Relationship
Quality before moving onto the quantitative
research.
3. Research Methodology
3.1 Research Method
Individuals who have been using mobile
telecom services are the target respondents for this
study.
3.2 Questionnaire Design
4. DataAnalysis and Interpretation
4.1 Sample Profile
A self-completion questionnaire with closed
questions in English language has been developed
for primary data collection from the mobile phone
users. The questionnaire is composed of two
sections: Section I and Section II.
Section I consists of 10 items related to the two
constructs of the research model related to
Relationship Quality i.e., Satisfaction and Trust.
Several items on each construct are developed and
adopted from relevant literatures [Chu (2009),Aydin
and Özer, (2005), Tian .(2008), Morgan and
Hunt(1994), Mouri (2005), Oliver (1997), Fornel
(1992), N'Goala (2007), Keaveney (1995), Wulf
(2001)]. Few items for all the constructs are
developed with the help of focus group discussions
with 15 telecom subscribers. The constructs are
measured using a multiple-item measurement scale.
Measures for all the constructs have used a five-
point Likert-type response format, with “strongly
disagree” and “strongly agree” as the anchors. The
respondents have recorded their assessment
of the items on five-point Likert-type scales (1=
strongly disagree, 2= disagree, 3= neutral, 4= agree,
5= strongly agree).
Section II is about the telecom subscribers'
individual characteristics with 5 questions related to
their gender, age, occupation, educational
qualification, and family income.
Table 1 shows the profile of the 100 telecom
subscribers surveyed in the Meerut city of W(UP) on
the basis of five variables (gender, age group,
occupation, educational qualification, and income
group).
et al
et
al.
142
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
4.3 Reliability Testing
Table 5: Reliability Analysis
For the two constructs that this study focused on, it is
necessary to measure internal reliability of each
construct with its different number of items. To test
the internal reliability, the Cronbach's alphas are
calculated for the items designed for the same
construct. Table 5 shows the calculated values of
Cronbach's alpha for both the constructs. All the
values are above the cut-off point (0.7) which
indicates that both the constructs have strong
internal consistency.
4.4 Mean Scores
4.5 Hypothesis Testing
H1:
• H1a:
Table 6 provides the mean scores for all the 2
dimensions of Relationship Quality on 100
responses.
On the basis of the theoretical framework discussed
in section 2, following hypotheses have been
formulated to test the significance of difference in
the telecom subscribers' perceptions of Relationship
Quality dimensions across demographic variables.
There is a significant difference in the
perceptions of Relationship Quality dimensions
between males and females
There is a significant difference in the
perceptions of Satisfaction between males
and females
Variable Categories Response (%)
Gender Male 54.5
Female 45.5
Age Group 18-25 years 12.2
26-35 years 30.3
36-45 years 36.4
46-60 years 17.7
60 years and above 3.4
Occupation Student 10.7
Employed 41.3
Business 31.3
Homemaker 16.7
Other 0.0
Educational Qualification Upto 12th
Standard 9.3
Diploma or Certificate course 11.7
Graduation 9.6
Post-Graduation 69.4
Income Group Rs 84,000-2,00,000 5.3
Rs 2,00,001- 5,00,000 46.7
Rs 5,00,000- 10,00,000 34.7
Rs 10,00,000 and above 13.3
Table 1: Profile of the Respondents
Construct Number of Items Chronbach’s alpha
Satisfaction 5 0.808
Trust 5 0.848
143
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEmpirical Assessment of the Impact of Demographic Variables on Relationship Quality in Telecom Sector
• H1b:
H2:
H3:
H4:
H5:
There is a significant difference in the
perceptions of Trust between males and
females
There is a significant difference in the
customer's perceptions of Relationship Quality
dimensions across the age groups
There is a significant difference in the
customer's perceptions of Relationship Quality
dimensions across the occupations
There is a significant difference in the
customer's perceptions of Relationship Quality
dimensions across the educational levels
There is a significant difference in the
customers' perceptions of Relationship Quality
dimensions across the income groups
The hypothesis H1 has been tested by using
Independent Samples t-test whereas MANOVA test
has been used to test the hypotheses H2-H5.The
Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS 19.0)
software has been used for employing the statistical
tests.
The results obtained through independent samples t-
test on Relationship Quality perceptions between
gender categories i.e., males and females are
presented in Table 7. It can be noticed that there is no
significant difference between perceptions of males
and females in case of Trust dimension, whereas
significant differences are observed on the
Satisfaction (t = -3.385, p<.01) dimension.
Therefore, H1b is rejected and H1a is accepted
Variable Categories Satisfaction Trust
GenderMale 3.09 3.09
Female 3.58 3.11
Age Group
18-25 2.18 3.17
26-35 2.89 3.13
36-45 3.52 3.07
46-60 4.04 3.10
above 60 4.75 3.00
Occupation
Student 2.02 3.20
Employed 2.86 3.11
Business 3.79 3.08
Home maker 4.35 3.07
Educational Qualification
Upto 12th standard 3.11 3.07
Diploma or Certificate Course 3.40 3.16
Post Graduate and above 3.53 3.08
Post-Graduation 3.30 3.10
Income Group
84,000-2,00,000 4.60 3.00
2,00,001-5,00,000 3.82 3.09
5,00,001-10,00,000 2.91 3.11
10,00,000 and above 2.09 3.18
Table6: Mean Scores for Relationship Quality -Demography Wise
144
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
indicating that there is no significant difference in
the perceptions of Trust between males and females
whereas there are significant differences in the
perceptions of the Satisfaction between males and
females. Further from Table 6, it can be noticed that
females are more satisfied (mean score = 3.57) than
males (mean score = 3.08).
The summary of MANOVA results for demographic
variables (age group, occupation, educational
qualification, and income group) is reported in
Tables 8 and 9. Results in Table 8 indicate that there
are significant differences in the customers'
perceptions of Relationship Quality dimensions on
the bases of age group (Wilks' Lambda=.666,
F=2.635, p<.01), occupation (Wilks' Lambda=.894,
F=10.692, p<.01), and income group (Wilks'
Lambda=.338, F=8.070, p<.01), whereas there is no
significant difference in the customers' perceptions
of Relationship Quality dimensions on the basis of
educational qualification. Therefore, H2, H3 and H5
are accepted and H4 is rejected.
*p<.01Results exhibited in Table 9 suggest that on
the basis of age group, there are significant
differences in the customers' perceptions for
Satisfaction (F=3.236, p<.01) whereas for rest of the
dimensions, there are no significant differences in
the customers' perceptions. From Table 6, it can be
noticed that customers in the age group 18-25 years
Levene's Test
for Equality of
Variances
t-test for Equality of
Means
F Sig. t df
Sig.
(2-
tailed)
SatisfactionEqual variances assumed 1.255 .265 -3.385 98 .001
Equal variances not assumed -3.421 97.911 .001
TrustEqual variances assumed .073 .788 -.628 98 .531
Equal variances not assumed -.627 94.467 .532
Table 7: Results of Independent Sample t-test for Relationship Quality between Males and Females
Effect Value F Sig.
Age Group Wilks’ Lambda.666 *2.635 .003
Occupation Wilks’ Lambda .394 *10.692 .000
Educational Qualification Wilks’ Lambda .765 1.690 .072
Income Group Wilks’ Lambda .338 *8.070 .000
Table 8: MANOVA Summary for Demographic Variables
145
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEmpirical Assessment of the Impact of Demographic Variables on Relationship Quality in Telecom Sector
are least satisfied (mean score=2.18) and customers
of age 60 years and above are most satisfied (mean
score=4.75) as compared to the customers in the
other age groups.
Table 9 also indicates that customers of different
occupations have significantly different perceptions
for Satisfaction (F=32.801, p<.01) but they don't
differ significantly on the perceptions for Trust.
Moreover from table 6, we can notice that
homemakers are most satisfied (mean score=4.35)
followed by business class subscribers (mean
score=3.79) whereas students are least satisfied
(mean score=2.02).
Subscribers from different income groups differ
significantly on the dimensions Satisfaction
(F=11.013, p<.01), but their perceptions on Trust are
not significantly different (see Table 9). Also,
perceptions for Satisfaction show a decreasing trend
with increase in the income of subscribers (see Table
6).
In this study, the impact of demographic
characteristics of the telecom subscribers on
Relationship Quality has been examined.
Relationship Quality has been considered to be
constituted of two dimensions i.e. Trust and
Satisfaction. It has been found that
5. Conclusion
•
•
•
•
•
Trust does not have any impact on any of the
demographic characteristics of the telecom
subscribers.
Satisfaction is has an impact on all the
demographic characteristics except for the
educational qualification of the subscribers.
Males are less satisfied with the services of
their telecom service providers than their
female counterparts.
Young telecom subscribers (within the age
group 18-25 years) and students are least
satisfied with their telecom service providers.
Subscribers of higher income groups are least
satisfied with their telecom service providers
as compared to lower income groups.
TSPs should put more effort in satisfying males,
younger customers, students and subscribers of
higher income groups. Companies should place
more emphasis in satisfying these customers, as they
seem to be less happy in general and have higher
expectations from the companies. Therefore,
programmes should be designed purposely to raise
satisfaction levels of these customers should be
emphasized. These may include; lowering the
prices, improving the networks, and improving the
customer care services along with the
implementation of relevant and more appealing
Relationship Marketing strategies.
Source Dependent Variable Type III Sum of Squares Df Mean Square F Sig.
Age
Group
Satisfaction .437 3 .146 *3.236 .027
Trust .122 3 .041 2.760 .048Occupa
tion
Satisfaction 2.823 2 1.412 *32.801 .000
Trust .004 2 .002 .140 .869
Income
Group
Satisfaction 1.422 3 .474 *11.013 .000
Trust .085 3 .028 1.926 .133
Table 9: Follow-up Test-Univariate ANOVAs for Age Group, Occupation and Income Group
*p<.01
146
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
6. Limitations and Scope of Further Research
· Convenience sampling has been used to select
the respondents and the study is based on a
sample of 100 respondents only, which make the
findings of this study probabilistic. Therefore,
results of this study should be read with caution.
· Because of the time and other resource
constraints, this study limits itself to the
geographic extent of Meerut city of W (UP).
Future research needs to use more diversified
samples to test the Relationship Quality
dimensions used in this study in order to check
the generalizability of the research findings.
· The Relationship Quality scale developed in this
study is based on qualitative research only.
Future research can be done to test and validate
the scale by using statistical techniques like
FactorAnalysis.
· The study is based on the perceptions of telecom
subscribers only. The perspectives of Telecom
Service Providers regarding Relationship
Quality should also be addressed and
investigated in future researches to better
understand the problem domain.
Appendix 1
Questionnaire
I am conducting a survey of Indian mobile
telecommunication markets. In the following
questionnaire, I would like to know your attitudes
and behaviours related to Relationship Quality with
the Telecom Service Provider (TSP) you are using
presently. This survey is a part of my research work,
and your kind help is crucial for my successful
completion of the same. Your response will be
anonymous; data will be combined and analyzed as a
whole. Please attempt to answer all the questions and
click one appropriate box that best suits your
perspective for each statement.
For each of the following statements, 5 denotes
“strongly agree”, 4 denotes “agree”, 3 denotes
“neutral”, 2 denotes “disagree”, and 1 denotes
“strongly disagree”.
Your participation in this study will be greatly
appreciated. Thank you very much for your time and
assistance.
1 2 3 4 5
1. I am satisfied with the overall service quality offered by my TSP.
2. I am satisfied with the professional competence of my TSP.
3. I am satisfied with the performance of the frontline employees of my TSP.
4. I am comfortable about the relationship with my TSP.
5. I am satisfied with the grievance handling procedure of my TSP.
1 2 3 4 5
6. My TSP is reliable because it is mainly concerned with the consumers’ interests.
7. The billing system of myTSP is trustworthy.
8. The reputation of myTSP is trustworthy.
9. The policies and practices of myTSP are trustworthy.
10. The service process provided by myTSP is secure.
147
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersEmpirical Assessment of the Impact of Demographic Variables on Relationship Quality in Telecom Sector
Section I
Satisfaction
Trust
Section II
1. Please indicate you gender
2. Into which one of the following categories
does your current age (in fall?
4. P lease ind ica te your educat iona l
qualification
5. Into which of the following category
a. Male
b. Female
years)
a. 18-25
b. 26-35
c. 36-45
d. 46-60
e. 60 and above
a. Student
b. Employed
c. Business
d. Homemaker
e. Any other- Please specify
a. Upto 12 Standard
b. Diploma or Certificate course
c. Graduation
d. Post-Graduation
th
3. Which one of the following categories best
describes your current occupation?
does
our annual family Income approximate)
fall?
a. Rs 84,000-2,00,000
b. Rs 2,00,001- 5,00,000
c. Rs 5,00,000- 10,00,000
d. Rs 10,00,000 and above
y (
References
1. Aydin, S. & Ozer, G.(2005). The analysis of
antecedents of customer loyalty in the Turkish
mobile telecommunication market. European
Journal of Marketing, 39(7/8), 910-925.
1. Baker, T.L., Simpson, P.M. and Siguaw, J.A.
(1999) The Impact of Suppliers' Perceptions of
Reseller Market Orientation on Key
Relationship Constructs, Journal of the
Academy of Marketing Science, 27(Winter),
50–57.
2. Chaudhuri, Arjun and Morris Holbrook, B.
(2001), "The chain of effects from brand trust
and brand affect to brand performance: The role
of brand loyalty," Journal of Marketing, 65 (2),
81-93.
3. Chu, Kuo-Ming. (2009). The Construction
Model of Customer Trust, Perceived Value and
Customer Loyalty, The Journal of American
Academy of Business, Cambridge, Vol.14,
No.2, pp.98-103.
4. Gaurav, Kunal. (2008). Impact of Relationship
Marketing Strategy on Customer Loyalty. The
Icfaian Journal of Management Research,
7(11), 7 – 21.
5. Gummesson, E. (1987) The New Marketing-
D e v e l o p i n g L o n g - t e r m I n t e r a c t i v e
Relationships, Long Range Planning, 20(4),
10–20
6. Hennig-Thurau, T., Gwinner, K. P. and
Gremler, D. D. (2002) 'Understanding
relationship marketing outcomes: an
integration of relationship benefits and
relationship quality', Journal of service
research, 4(3), pp. 230 - 247.
7. Henning-Thurau, T., and Klee, A. (1997) 'The
impact of customer satisfaction and
relationship quality on customer retention: a
critical reassessment and model development',
Psychology and marketing, 14(8), pp. 737-64.
8. Keaveney, S.M. (1995). Customer switching
behavior in service industries: an exploratory
study, Journal of Marketing, Vol.59, No.2,
148
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
pp.71-82.
9. Mensah, A.F. and Nimako, S.G. (2012):
Influence of Demographic Variables on
Complaining and Non-Complaining Motives
and Responses in Ghana'S Mobile Telephony
Industry, European Journal of Business and
Management, Vol.4, No.12, pp. 27-38.
10. Moorman, C., Gerald, Z. and Rohit, D. (1993),
“Factors affecting trust in marketing
Relationships”, Journal of Marketing, Vol. 57
No. 1, pp. 81-101.
11. Morgan, R.M. & Hunt, S. (1994). The
Commitment-Trust Theory of Relationship
Marketing, Journal of Marketing, Vol.58 (July
1994), pp.20-38.
12. Mouri, N. (2005). A Consumer-based
Assessment of Alliance Performance: An
Examination of Consumer Value, Satisfaction
and Post-purchase behavior; University of
Central Florida, 2005, 156 pages; AAT
3 1 9 3 4 9 6 , a v a i l a b l e o n 0 1 / 0 3 / 2 0 0 9
http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=101430
7471&sid=1&Fmt=2&clientId=46934&RQT
=309&VName=PQD
13. N'Goala, Gilles (2007). Customer Switching
Resistance (CSR): The effect of perceived
.
equity, trust and relationship commitment,
International Journal of Service Industry
Management, Vol.18, No.5, pp.510-533.
14. Ndubisi, N. O. (2006) 'Effect of gender on
customer loyalty: a relationship marketing
approach', Marketing intelligence & planning,
24(1), pp. 48-61.
15. Oliver, R. L. (1997). Satisfaction: A Behavioral
Perspective on the Consumer, New York:
McGraw Hill.
16. Singh, S.K. (2013): Study of Service Quality
Attributes and Their Impact on Customer
Loyalty in the Mobile Phone Service Industry,
ASM's International E-Journal of Ongoing
Research in Management and IT, e-ISSN 2320-
0065.
17. Smith, J. B. (1998). “Buyer-Seller Relatioships:
Similarity, Relationship Management, and
Quality”, Psychology and Marketing, Vol.15,
No.1, pp. 3-21.
18. Tian, Yu; Lai, Fujun and Daniel, Francis (2008),
“An examination of the nature of trust in
logistics outsourcing relationship: Empirical
evidence from China”, Industrial Management
& Data Systems, Vol.108, No.3, pp.346-367.
149
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersReferences
References
150
Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014Second Edition of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014 Why FDI in Retail ? A Study with Reference to Select StakeholdersVolume 1 of JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge 2014
Vision
Be the premier hub of management education for armed forces personnel and their dependents
Mission
• Champion excellence in management education services for the defence community
• Create and sustain professional research and knowledge based services
• Advance knowledge in business related disciplines in a cross-continental environment
• Develop an ethos of corporate professionalism in student managers
• Provide forum for sharing experience and knowledge between the academic-business-services fraternity
JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge
JIDNYASA in Sanskrit carries a meaning that is in deep resonance with the
core ideology that goes behind any institute of learning in the world: The
Thirst for Knowledge.
The journal is a rich source of information on the various practices in the
business world today. It is a compendium of knowledge gathered from faculty
(both in house as well as external) and students and representatives from the
industry and is indicative of the direction in which the corporate world is
heading. The dynamic business scenario requires us to have clarity of vision,
which can only be achieved through enriching our perceptions. JIDNYASA
helps us in realizing this vision.
Jidnyasa has been launched with a dual objective. The first objective is to
nurture a culture of disciplined and focused research amongst student
managers and academicians. The second objective is to provide a medium for
industry practitioners to enrich themselves from the research and viewpoints
of scholars and experienced industry persons, and to apply them with suitable
modifications to the situations they are called upon to handle.
Guidelines For Contributions To JIDNYASA
1. Contributions to the inaugural SIMS annual Research Journal should be original and not
copied from someone else's research work. Citations and references should clearly mention
the source and its author. An undertaking from the contributor that the contribution is original
is required.
2. The articles/papers should be between 2000 to 4000 words. The case studies should be
between 2000—3000 words.
3. The font of the article should be Times New Roman 12 with 1.5 spacing between lines. A soft
copy of the same is required.
4. The articles/ papers should be accompanied by a one page abstract of not more than 200
words.
5. Papers/articles read out at reputed National/ International Conferences or contributed to
journals of national or international repute will be accepted for reprint provided the author
has not handed over exclusive publishing rights to the concerned Journal/ Institute. The
details of the same have to be clearly stated by way of a declaration to that effect that has to be
sent along with the contribution.
6. Research articles/ papers from students based on summer/ live projects will be accepted if
they indicate new findings or suggestions based on findings.
7. The Research Committee reserves the right to edit the contributions so that they fit the
guidelines of JIDNYASA.
8. In the Perspectives section, write-ups on current topics that call for rethinking or a different
perspective/ remedial action are invited in about 2000 to 4000 words. The same may be
backed by references and tables or charts. Such a write up should ideally be containing an
innovative and practical recommendation.
Subscription RatesPer Issue
1) For Institutions Rs 500/-2)For Individuals Rs 150/-3) For Individuals (by Hand Delivery) Rs 100/-
JIDNYASA
Symbiosis Institute of Management Studies
“Make the Difference”
Thirst for Knowledge
Perspectives
Case Study
Book Review
Research Papers
• Economics
• Entrepreneurship
• Environment
• Finance
• Human Resources
• Marketing
ATION NR AET LN UI NSI IVS EO RI
SB
IM T
Y Y
S
P EUN
ATION NR AET LN UI NSI IVS EO RI
SB
IM T
Y Y
S
P EUN
Symbiosis Institute of Management StudiesRange Hills Road, Kirkee Cantt., Pune - 411 020
Phone : 020 30213217 / 300 / 200Fax : 020 30213333
Visit us at www.sims.edu
ISSN : 0976-0326 JIDNYASA : Thirst for Knowledge JIDNYASA 2014 Vol. I
Brig. Rajiv Divekar, (Retd) Director, SIMS
Prof. Pradnya ChitraoFaculty, SIMS
Prof. Pradnya ChitraoFaculty, SIMS
Prof. Asha NagendraFaculty, SIMS
Prof. Komal ChopraFaculty, SIMS
Sonal Pandey Proof Reader,
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Akida WahiProof Reader,
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Tanya BindraProof Reader,
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Smita MishraProof Reader,
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Nupur MaheshwariProof Reader,
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS
Prof. B. R. LondheDeputy Director, SIMS
Prof. Pravin KumarFaculty, SIMS
Editorial Board
Executive Team
Board of Referees for JIDNYASA 2014
Dr. Indira ParikhFormer Dean of Academics at IIM-Ahmedabad
& Director of FLAME Academy
Mr. Arun WakhluFounder Director,
Pragati Leadership Institute Pvt. Ltd
Dr. Anuj Paul GosainStrategic Planning and Business Development
John Deere India Pvt. Ltd
Dr. A. K. DasbiswasProfessor. Emeritus Former Dean & Director.
ITM Business School. Mumbai
Dr. Ravi Sectham RajuProfessor. Sydney University
Dr. Mukul Madahar MBA, Welfare Director, Cardiff University
Mr. Bhushan Joshi MD. kraflPov.ercon India
Dr. Neil Wilkof Partner. I lerzog. Fox & Neeman. Tel Aviv. Israel
Neil Wilk of heads the intellectual property and information tech-nology team. Specialist of Technology transfer and Internet law
Ms. Mohlni Sharma Administrative Officer. SIMS
Kunal YadavCover Design and Layout
Editorial and Media Relations SIMS